Initial Environmental Examination: Intake Arrangement for Water Supply System in Ranchi

Initial Environmental Examination

Document Stage: Draft for Consultation Project Number: 52028-004 April 2021

India: Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project – Intake Arrangement for Water Supply System in Ranchi

Package No: JUWSIP/03

Prepared by Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd. under guidance of the Urban Development and Housing Department, Government of Jharkhand for the Asian Development Bank.

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of 6 April 2021)

Currency Unit = Indian rupees (₹) ₹1.00 = $0.013 $1.00 = ₹73.27

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB – Asian Development Bank ASI – Archeological Survey of India CPCB – Central Pollution Control Board – Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering CPHEEO Organization 3rd Edition CTE – Consent to Establish CTO – Consent to Operate EAC – Expert Appraisal Committee EHS – Environmental, Health, and Safety EIA – environmental impact assessment EMP – environmental management plan GLSR – Ground Level Service Reservoir GOI – Government of India GOJ – Government of Jharkhand IEE – initial environmental examination MoHUA – Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs MPN – most probable number MoEFCC – Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change NOC – no objection certificate O&M – operation and maintenance PIU – project implementation unit PMU – project management unit REA – rapid environmental assessment RMC – Ranchi Municipal Corporation SEIAA – State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority SPS – Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 JSPCB – Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board JUWSIP – Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project – Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Development Company JUIDCO Limited WHO – World Health Organization ULB – urban local body WTP – water treatment plant

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

m3 – cubic meter °C – degree Celsius Ha – hectare km – kilometer kWh – kilowatt hours L – liters – liters per capita per day LPCD m – meter MT – metric ton MCM – million cubic meters MLD – million liters per day mm – millimeter nos. – numbers km2 – square kilometer m2 – square meter RL – reduced level

NOTE

In this report, "$" refers to United States dollars.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

CONTENTS

Pages

I. INTRODUCTION 1 A. Project Background 1 B. Scope of the Report 1 C. IEE Report Structure 2 II. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 2 A. Profile of Ranchi 2 B. Master Plan of Water Supply in Ranchi 0 C. Proposed Subproject Components 2 D. Operation and Maintenance 8 E. Associated / Existing Facility 9 F. Subproject Benefits 9 G. Implementation Schedule 9 III. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 10 IV. POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 12 A. ADB Policy Statement 12 B. Screening and Categorization 12 C. National and State Laws 15 D. International Conventions and Treaties 25 E. Manuals and Indian Standard Codes 29 F. Indicative Statutory Clearance Requirements 30 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 31 A. Regional Settings 31 B. Accessibility 31 C. Physical Environment 31 D. ECOLOGICAL RESOURCES 40 A. Economy 45 B. Municipal infrastructure 46 C. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HERITAGE 47 D. Environmental Settings of Investment Program Component Sites 47 VI. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 50 A. Introduction 50 A. Project Benefits. 50 B. Design Impacts 50 C. Location Impacts 53 D. Pre-construction Impacts 54 E. Construction Impacts 56 F. Operation and Maintenance Impacts 66 G. Cumulative Impacts 68 VII. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION 68 A. Overview 68 B. Public Consultation 69 VIII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 71 A. Common grievance redress mechanism 71 B. Institutional arrangements and role functions 72 C. GRM at Project Level 73 D. GRM beyond project level 74 E. Consultation arrangements 75 F. Other features and requirements 76 IX. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 77 A. Institutional Arrangement 77 B. Capacity Building 81 C. Environmental Management Plan 83 D. Environment Management Plan Implementation Cost 84 E. Indicative Cost of EMP 131 F. Monitoring and Reporting 131 X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 132 A. Conclusion 132 B. Recommendations 134

APPENDICES:

1. REA Checklist 2. Water Availability in Rukka Reservoir 3. Exemption of Water Supply Projects from Taking Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate from Pollution Control Board 4. Ambient Air Quality Standards, Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise, Vehicle Exhaust Emission Norms and Drinking Water Standards 5. Water Quality Test Results 6. Extreme Rainfall and Drought Hazard Maps 7. Minutes of Public Consultation During Project Preparation 8. Screening of Biodiversity Features Identified at Rukha Reservoir 9. Site Photograph with Coordinates 10. Sample Outline Spoils (Construction Waste) Management Plan 11. Sample Outline Traffic Management Plan 12. Salient Features of Major Labor Laws Applicable to Establishments Engaged in Construction of Civil Works 13. Standard Operating Procedure Amidst COVID-19 Pandemic 14. Guidance for Contractors Camps 15. Sample Grievance Registration Form 16. Typical Cross Section of Coffer Dam 17. Sample Environmental Site Inspection Report 18. Environmental Safeguards Monitoring Template (QPR AND SEMR) 19. IBAT Proximity Report: Water Supply-Ranchi 20. Public Information Notice Template

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project Description. The proposed Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project (JUWSIP) would support urban service improvement strategies and policy initiatives of the Government of Jharkhand (GOJ) to contribute to improved urban living under the Jharkhand Vision and Action Plan 2021. The project will complement ongoing efforts of the GOJ for water supply infrastructure and service improvement and institutional reforms under various national flagship programs. JUWSIP will finance water supply infrastructure investments in four prioritized urban local bodies (ULBs). The towns selected include the state’s capital city Ranchi, and three towns located in economically and socially backward areas of Jhumri Telaiya, Hussainabad and Medininagar.

Output 1: Water supply infrastructure in four Project towns improved. The Project will finance water supply infrastructure investments in four Project towns. The infrastructure investments involve construction and 5 years of performance-based O&M of piped water supply system in Project towns comprising of: (i) four water treatment plants with combined capacity of 275 million liters per day (MLD) meeting Indian water quality standards (IS:10500),1 and (ii) 940 kilometers (km) of climate-resilient water distribution network connected to about 115,000 households to ensure 24/7 water supply with non-revenue water reduced from current level of 45% to 20%. The water supply will have universal coverage including below poverty line, scheduled caste, scheduled tribe and households with disabled persons in the Project areas. The Project will provide vocational training for employable job skills in construction and O&M of water supply assets to at least 100 community members (50 women).

Output 2: Institutional capacity for sustainable urban service delivery and urban governance improved. The physical investments will be complemented with targeted institutional and financial reforms and capacity building to create an institutional framework for the ULBs in Jharkhand to replicate and follow. These include: (i) sustainable water sector asset management strategy including user charges policy for O&M cost recovery prepared and implemented in at least two Project towns; (ii) urban reforms policy on strengthening own-source revenues of ULBs prepared with three key actions implemented in two Project towns; (iii) information technology enabled systems for water service delivery and administration adopted in Ranchi through use of Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system for water supply operations, and mapping of assets, properties, and revenue database on geographic information system (GIS); (iv) training of relevant staff on, (a) design and implementation of urban services, including response to climate risks; (b) institutional development, urban governance, revenue generation, and financial planning, and operational dimensions; and (c) inclusion of gender equality and inclusive social features in urban services;2 and (v) improved awareness on, (a) behavior change activities focusing on water conservation, health, sanitation, and hygiene; (b) spread of epidemics or pandemics such as coronavirus disease; and (c) pilot vocational training for prospective job opportunities in construction and O&M.

Subproject Scope. This proposed subproject (JUWSIP/03) will support the development and operation and maintenance [O&M] of new raw water intake for water supply in Ranchi City. The subproject is designed to meet the water requirement of Ranchi for the year 2050 (30 years planning period as per the Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization, (CPHEEO) guidelines). Proposed subproject components are: (i) construction of 950 m forebay channel including intake channel with desilting arrangement and new raw water sump with pump

1 Indian drinking water standards (IS10500-2012) 2 At least 70% of staff of JUIDCO, State Urban Development Agency (SUDA), four project ULBs, and JUPMI (50% of whom are women staff). ii

house/ station (including a power substation and power transmission line) of 370 million liters per day capacity (MLD) capacity in Rukka reservoir; (ii) laying of 350-meter length raw water rising mains of 1900 mm diameter mild steel (MS) (iii) O&M for intake arrangements, rising mains, pumping machinery, electrical equipment and SCADA system for 5 years.

ADB and Domestic Environmental Requirements. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirement for environmental assessment are described in ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. The potential environmental impacts of the project have been screened using ADB’s rapid environmental assessment (REA) checklist for Water supply (Appendix 1) and the results of the screening indicate that the project is not likely to cause significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented. Potential impacts are mostly site-specific, short in duration, and can be avoided and/or mitigated through mitigation measures. Accordingly, this subproject has been classified as Category B, and therefore this Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report is prepared including an environmental management plan (EMP). The proposed subproject does not fall under the ambit of Government of India’s Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006, and therefore do not requires EIA study or environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest and Climate Change (MOEFCC) or from the state-level authority. Additional water abstraction and construction of intake in Rukha Reservoir requires permission from Government of Jharkhand. This is currently under process, and no works will be started until permission is obtained. This IEE is based on detailed design and will form part of the bid and contract documents. The contractor will review and finalize the design, during which IEE will be updated to reflect the project final design. The final IEE will be submitted to ADB for review and concurrence. The final IEE shall supersede the draft IEE and shall be contractually applicable to contractors.

Description of the Environment. The subproject components are located at Rukha reservoir in Ormanjhi block of Ranchi district on government-owned land, which has been earmarked in the Draft Master Plan 2037 of Ranchi for a Water Treatment Plant (WTP). The Intake pumping station and ancillary facilities are all located on government land under the possession of the Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation (DW&SD) inside the campus earmarked for WTP. There are no protected areas, wetlands, mangroves, estuaries, other environmentally sensitive areas, cultural heritage sites and/or historical monuments within or in the vicinity of the subproject sites. Since Rukha reservoir is a large wetland a critical habitat screening was carried out in accordance with the IFC Performance Standards 6 (PS6) using Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT. The screening indicates that there are no species of significant conservation value or which would qualify as Candidate Critical habitat species in Rukha reservoir. There are no communities living close by, and nearest habitation is at 450 m away.

Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures. Most of the predicted impacts are due to construction, and there are no notable impacts identified either due to design or location. The following are the anticipated impacts and corresponding mitigation measures during the construction phase of the subproject: (i) air pollution from dust emissions during on-site excavation, movement of earth materials and emission from movement of heavy equipment and construction vehicles which will be mitigated by good construction practices such as water spraying on road surface and work areas, covering all materials during transportation, and proper maintenance of construction vehicles and equipment; (ii) water/land pollution from run-off or soil erosion from stockpiled construction materials and wastewater from domestic sewage of construction workers and accidental spillage of oil and other lubricants from washing of construction equipment, improper disposal of excavated material, which will be mitigated by covering exposed soils, construction of temporary silt traps, and provision of adequate and on- iii site sanitation facilities, proper spoil disposal plan; (iii) noise pollution from the construction activities resulting to nuisance to the community, which will be mitigated with continuous consultation with the community on the schedule and time of construction activities, night time construction activities only in case of exigencies with adequate safeguards and the use of noise suppression devices on construction equipment; (iv) generation of construction debris / wastes, which will be mitigated by the provision of waste bins in the construction site and the proper segregation, collection and disposal of solid wastes will be strictly observed and open burning of solid wastes generated from the workers’ camp will be strictly prohibited; (v) disposal of spoils in an approved site/location by PIU; (vi) occupational health and safety (OHS) in the construction site causing harm and danger to the lives and welfare of workers, which will be mitigated with the implementation of occupational and health safety plan including the provision of personal protective equipment (PPE) to all workers; and (viii) community health and safety such as damage or degradation of roads from the transport of materials and risks from unauthorized entry to the construction areas resulting to accidents. This will be mitigated with the implementation of community health and safety plan which will include the provision of fence to enclose the area of civil works and posting warning signs and information in the construction area.

Abstraction from Rukha Reservoir will increase from the present 285 MLD to 325 MLD, and ultimately to 480 MLD. The Reservoir has live storage capacity of 231.89 million cubic meter (MCM) (gross storage is 288.63, and dead storage is 56.74MCM). Per the detailed project report (DPR), Subarnarekha River has high flow during the three monsoon months, during which water requirement will be directly met from river flow, and accordingly the DPR considered the water abstraction from reservoir for a duration of nine months per year only (270 days annually). Therefore, the total annual abstraction from the Rukha reservoir to meet the additional demand of 195 MLD will be 52.6 MCM. Of the total live storage of 231.89 MCM, and as per the information from the reservoir authorities, the present total water allocation, including for existing Ranchi water supply, is 145 MCM. The unallocated storage is about 87 MCM, and this is adequate to meet the additional demand of 52.6 MCM. Application for water allocation is already submitted to concerned authority, and it is currently in process. Contract will not be awarded until water allocation is obtained for the project. Given the proposed volume of water abstraction that is well within the available water resource, and that the water will be abstracted only after due allocation, no negative impacts or water conflicts envisaged. Water resource will also be sufficient to help maintain propagation of the aquatic life in Rukha Reservoir .

In the operation and maintenance phase of the project, all facilities and infrastructure will operate with routine maintenance, which should not affect the environment. Facilities will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period. An O&M Manual will be developed and implemented containing the following basic information: (i) standard operating procedures for all the equipment and unit operations in the pump house; (ii) training and capacity building activities for operating staff of intake; (iii) safety and PPE for workers including emergency response procedures for fire, earthquake, etc.; and (iv) measures to maintain the intake arrangement system efficiency and potability. During operation, the delivery of unsafe water will be mitigated with prompt action on leaks, and frequent monitoring of the water quality at the intake.

Environmental Management Plan. The identified potential environmental impacts can be managed through effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). An EMP is included as part of this IEE, which includes (i) mitigation measures for environmental impacts identified during the implementation stage; (ii) an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigating, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) cost estimates and performance indicators; (iv) training and capacity building activities; (v) public consultation and

iv information disclosure procedure; and (iv) grievance redress mechanism. The IEE and EMP will be included in bid and contract documents with specific provisions requiring contractors to (i) comply with all conditions included in the IEE and EMP , (ii) to prepare and submit a site-specific environmental management plan (SEMP), including proposed site/location for construction work camps, storage areas, hauling roads, lay down areas, disposal areas for construction, solid and hazardous wastes; (iii) carryout monitoring program as per EMP; and (v) allocate budget for EMP implementation. No works will be allowed to commence until SEMP is prepared by contractor and approved by PIU/PMU. A copy of the EMP/approved SEMP will be kept on work site at all times.

The indicative budget for EMP implementation and monitoring is ₹32,56,150 (USD 45,136) that includes physical environment parameters (air, water, noise) quality monitoring, training and capacity building activities, staffing requirement, health and safety of workers, administrative costs, and any unanticipated impacts. The implementation costs of mitigation and monitoring measures are covered separately under civil work contract. The contractor will be responsible for implementing the mitigation measures given in EMP. PMU and PIU with the support from PMU- Consultant, are responsible for monitoring the EMP implementation.

Implementation Arrangement. Urban Development and Housing Department (UDHD) will be the executing agency responsible for the overall guidance of the project and implementation of all subprojects. The Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Development Company Limited (JUIDCO) - a company created under the administrative control of UDHD, will be the implementing agency (IA). A project management unit (PMU) in JUIDCO will be responsible for planning, management, coordination, supervision, and progress monitoring of the project. Four Project Implementation Unit (PIU) will be established one in each project town, including one in Ranchi and will be responsible for the day-to-day activities of project implementation in the field. It will have direct supervision and oversight of the contractor(s) at the subproject site. The PMU- Consultant (PMU- C) team will be engaged to support the PMU and PIU in the implementation, supervision, and monitoring of the subproject.

Consultation, Disclosure and Grievance Redress Mechanism. During the course of preparing the IEE, stakeholder consultations were conducted on site and public consultations were organized with other relevant participants . The views expressed by stakeholders were incorporated in the IEE and project design. The IEE will be made available to the public through the ADB and JUDICO (IA) website. Meaningful consultation activities will continue during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are fully engaged in the project and can participate in its development and implementation. A GRM is described within the IEE to ensure any public grievances are addressed quickly. GRM will be set up prior to award of contract and will be made fully operation prior to commencement of construction.

Monitoring and Reporting. PMU and PIU with the support from PMU-C will be responsible for the environmental monitoring. The contractor will be required to undertake day to day monitoring of the SEMP implementation and submit reports to the PIU monthly. PIU will consolidate the reports and submit to PMU. PMU will submit quarterly progress report and semi-annual environmental safeguards monitoring report to ADB, which will be reviewed and disclosed on ADB’s website. The monitoring reports will be prepared by PMU with assistance from the PMU- C and inputs from the PIU’s safeguards officers, contractors, and non-government organizations, where relevant. The status of safeguard implementation, issues, and corrective actions including associated cost and schedule are to be clearly reported to ADB.

Project Benefits. The citizens of Ranchi City will be the major beneficiaries of this subproject. With the development of the new intake and the development of the remaining system either as part of JUWSIP 01 or under domestic budgetary funding the water supply in the city is expected to improve. The beneficiaries will be provided with a reliable and continuous supply of clean water in their homes. Improvement of the quality and availability of water may result to an improvement in public health, such as decrease in the number of cases of diarrhea and other water-related diseases. People would spend less on healthcare and there will be reduction in loss of working days due to illness, so their economic status and quality of life may eventually be improved.

Conclusions and Recommendations Based on the IEE findings, the proposed subproject unlikely to cause any significant impacts, and the classification of the subproject as Category B per ADB SPS is confirmed. Implementation of all recommendations of this IEE is necessary to mitigate or minimize the identified impacts to acceptable levels. No further study, such as an EIA, is required. To meet the government regulations, subproject requires permission to abstract water and construct intake in Rukha reservoir, which will be obtained prior start of works. IEE will be updated with the final project design after award of contract and design verification and finalization by the contractor and the final IEE will be submitted to ADB for approval.

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Project Background

Jharkhand has made significant progress in achieving the key development indicators to achieve sustainable development, however gaps remain, to bridge these gaps and achieve an overall, inclusive, and sustainable development, planned efforts are required from all sources. Access to basic services is critical to women and other vulnerable populations’ well-being, and the lack of it adversely impacts practical gender needs that exacerbate women’s drudgery and time poverty. The proposed Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project (JUWSIP)3 will support urban service improvement strategies and policy initiatives of the Government of Jharkhand (GOJ) to contribute to improved urban living under the Jharkhand Vision and Action Plan 2021.4 The project will complement ongoing efforts of the GOJ for urban infrastructure and service improvement and institutional reforms under various national flagship programs.5

The Project is proposed to be funded by GOJ in assistance with Government of India (GOI) and Asian Development Bank (ADB). Urban Development & Housing Department (UDHD) of GOJ is the executing agency (EA) and Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Development Company Limited (JUIDCO) will be the implementing agency (IA) for the project. JUWSIP will finance basic urban infrastructure investments in water supply, in prioritized urban local bodies (ULBs). The towns selected include Ranchi, and three towns located in economically and socially backward areas of Hussainabad, Medininagar and Jhumri Telaiya.

As part of JUWSIP, GOJ has planned for the development of new intake for the water supply of Ranchi City. Under this subproject, an intake arrangement which would cater to the water requirement for the city for intermediate year (2035) and the ultimate year (2050) is being considered. The subproject includes development of the civil structure for the ultimate year 2050 (370 MLD) and provides for the mechanical and pumping requirement for the year 2035 i.e., 223 MLD (considering 2020 as the base year). In addition to the civil structure, pumping arrangement comprises of a 950 m Forebay Channel (including intake channel), a 350 m raw water rising main for transmission of raw water to the new 213 MLD WTP. It may be noted that the new 213 MLD WTP, clear water rising mains, storage structure and distribution network for and distribution network for drinking water supply in the city is being proposed under a separate subproject in JUWSIP i.e., JUWSIP/01. In addition, GOJ is also augmenting parts of the water supply system in Ranchi from the domestic budgetary support. These are detailed in section 2.

B. Scope of the Report

ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations, and the requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB’s SPS, 2009. The potential environmental impacts of the subproject have been assessed using ADB rapid environmental assessment (REA) checklist for water supply (Appendix 1). Then potential negative impacts were identified in relation to pre-construction, construction and operation of the improved infrastructure, and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. Thus, this IEE has been prepared in accordance with ADB SPS, 2009 requirements for environment category B projects.

3 JUWSIP (formerly Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Investment Project) is listed in ADB. 2018. Country Operations Business Plan: India, 2019-2021. Manila. 4 Government of Jharkhand. Jharkhand Vision and Action Plan 2021. 5 The national flagship programs launched by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs include Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT), Smart Cities Mission, and Swachh Bharat Mission. 2

The Draft IEE report assesses all activities related to the pre-construction, construction, operation, and maintenance of the a) water intake (including the pumping arrangement and civil structures), b) raw water rising mains and 3) development of ancillary facilities e.g., construction of transmission/distribution line, development of the electrical substation etc. which would be required during all the three stages of the project mentioned above. Transmission/ distribution line from the nearest power utility and an electrical substation will be developed as part of the project for supplying power to the intake facility. The planning and design of the transmission line would be carried out by JBVNL during the execution of the project. The report is based on the information available at this point of time in the Detailed Project report.

The implementation of the subprojects will be governed by applicable GOI and GOJ rules and other applicable environmental acts, rules, regulations, and standards. Environmental safeguards will be followed in accordance with the ADB SPS, 2009. During the design, construction, and operation of the subproject JUIDCO will apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards as such the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.

C. IEE Report Structure

This Report contains the following sections including the executive summary at the beginning of the report:

(i) Chapter 1: Introduction (ii) Chapter 2: Description of the Project (iii) Chapter 3: Analysis of Alternatives (iv) Chapter 4: Policy Legal and Administrative Framework (v) Chapter 5: Description of the Environment (vi) Chapter 6: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures (vii) Chapter 7: Information Disclosure Consultation and Participation (viii) Chapter 8: Grievance Redress Mechanism (ix) Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan (x) Chapter 10: Recommendation and Conclusion

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Profile of Ranchi

Jharkhand the 26th state of the Indian Union formed by the Jharkhand Reorganization Act on 15 November 2000. The state was formed on by carving Chota Nagpur and Santhal Parganas division from the state of Bihar. Ranchi is the capital city of Jharkhand, and the most populous city of the state.is also a municipal corporation. Ranchi municipal area is divided into 55 wards and spreading to an area of 174 square kilometers (km2). The population in Ranchi urban area is 1,073,427 as per Census of India 2011. The spatial location of the project area is presented in Figure 1. GOJ through the Urban Development department has planned for 24x7 water supply in the entire city. A number of schemes have been taken up to fulfil these objectives. 3

. Figure 1: Spatial Location of Ranchi Intake on a toposheet

Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project

B. Master Plan of Water Supply in Ranchi

Presently the water supply of Ranchi City is from various sources namely a) Gonda Water Supply System, b) Hatia water supply, c) Booty water supply system.

Gonda Water Supply System. Gonda water supply system, which was commissioned in 1960, has a treatment capacity of 19.5 million liters per day (MLD). Its water source is near the Kanke reservoir with a basin area of 19.3 km2 located in Gonda in northern part of the Ranchi City.

Hatia Water Supply System: The Hatia water supply system has a treatment capacity of 56.83 MLD and its water is sourced from the Hatia Dam with a basin area of 47.9 km2 located in the Subarnarekha River, which is southwest of Ranchi city. It was commissioned in 1963 to serve water to the heavy engineering corporation industrial area and population in the southern part of the city.

Booty Water Supply System: The Booty water supply system, having a treatment capacity of 170.48 MLD was commissioned in 1971, which is still operational. A newly constructed water treatment plant, having a treatment capacity of 114 MLD was commissioned in 2018 with water source from the Rukka reservoir on Subarnarekha River, 16 kilometers (km) north of Ranchi city.

All the three-water supply system described above namely Gonda, Hatia and Booty are interconnected to provide flexibility to the system. However, the Booty System located at Rukka is the largest system and draw water from the Rukha Reservoir.

The water supply service level indictors for Ranchi Municipal Corporation are given in below Table 1 indicate that on most count the service level is below the benchmarks.

Table 1: Water Supply Service Levels for Ranchi Status For year Target for year No. Indicator Benchmark 2016-17 2017-18 1 Coverage of water supply connections 100 % 45 55 2 Per capita supply of water 135 LPCD 61 90 Extent of metering of water 3 100 % 13 50 connections 4 Extent of nonrevenue of water 20 % 49 40 5 Continuity of water supply 24 Hours 3 3 Efficiency in redressal of customer 6 80 % 96 100 complaints 7 Quality of water supplied 100 % 100 100 8 Cost recovery in water supply services 100 % 74 78 Efficiency in collection of water supply 9 90 % 48 65 related charges LPCD = liters per capita per day. Source: Urban Development & Housing Department, Jharkhand, Service Level Benchmark (SLB) Notification, 12/10/2017.

1. Masterplan for Water Supply System in Ranchi 1

To ensure uninterrupted water supply in Ranchi City the Urban Development department has drawn up a plan. As per the Plan, the City of Ranchi has been subdivided into zones and schemes and have been financed from different sources of fund. The spatial distribution of different zones and the schemes are presented in Table 2 .; area marked in red in Figure 2 is being funded under ADB JUWSIP.

Figure 2: Spatial Distribution of Water Supply Zones in Ranchi City

Table 2: Water Supply Project Zones and funding Sources S.no. Water Supply Phases Highlighted Area Funding 1 Phase I Blue Govt. of India under AMRUT 2 Phase II A Red Asian Development Bank under JUWSIP 3 Phase II B Black Govt. of Jharkhand

Water Demand Projection. The water demand projection for Ranchi City is provided in Table 3.

Table 3 :Water demand Projection for Ranchi City (2020-2050) Year Domestic Demand Bulk Demand Total Demand 2020 231.89 61.14 293.03 2035 332.02 79.34 401.36 2050 451.13 105.67 556.81 Source: DPR

2. Master Plan of Water Treatment Facility in Ranchi

The water treatment and supply capacities that would be developed over the next few years are detailed below:

The Ranchi Phase I is provided water from the 114 MLD plant (which has been commissioned in 2018 developed under a PPP mode, funded through AMRUT, Ministry of Housing & Urban Affairs, GOI). For the distribution of water in Ranchi Phase I water supply project, the area is divided into 61 zones, under this project 14 Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESRs )were proposed and 22 ESRs have been reused. About 106,935 households will benefit from this scheme. Water for this plant is extracted from Rukka Reservoir through a dedicated intake arrangement. Ranchi II A is a proposed project under the JUWSIP 01 which is being funded by ADB. The Ranchi IIA Scheme consists of construction of a 213 MLD WTP at Rukka opposite to the existing WTP, One GLSR with a capacity of 28.72 ML, clear water rising mains and distribution network. About 60932 households will benefit from this scheme. Ranchi Phase II B, is funded by GOJ. The components of this scheme are distribution network 347.7 km, clear water rising mains 23.7 km, one ground level service reservoir (GLSR) 29.6 ML at Nayasarai, The 213 MLD WTP to be developed under JUWSIP (point ii above) will supply treated water to this scheme.

Rukha reservoir intake arrangement. The 114 MLD plant under Ranchi Phase I has a dedicated intake arrangement. The existing 172 MLD plant also has a separate intake. Initially as part of JUWSIP/01 it was envisaged that this 172 MLD intake would be repaired/ renovated, and the machinery overhauled to meet the requirement of the 213 MLD plant. Thus, it was proposed with the renovation of the machinery an additional 42 MLD would be extracted. However, during the technical review by Drinking water & Sanitation Department (DW&SD), GOJ it was pointed out the existing civil structure was old and has finished its effective life and will only serve as a bottleneck in the system., therefore, the DW&SD, GOJ recommended to construct a new intake with sufficient capacity to meet the water abstraction requirement of 2050 together with the existing 114 MLD intake. Thus, to meet the water requirement for 2050, it is decided to develop an intake with a capacity of 350 MLD6 and the same is proposed ( Ranchi Phase II C) under this subproject part of ADB funded JUWSIP.

C. Proposed Subproject Components

Table 4 shows the proposed subprojects components under JUWSIP/03. Conceptual layout plans and alignments are shown in Figure 3,Figure 4, Figure 5.

Table 4:: Proposed Ranchi Intake Arrangements Components

Infrastructure Function Description Location Forebay Channel including the The function of the Dimensions: Located within intake channel intake channel is to Length 950 m the Rukha get water from the level of 578.24 m Reservoir lower most portion of flat slope of the dam nearest to 1:4000. the intake PS and convey it to the side slope of forebay. 1:1.25 8.64m wide at the bottom

6 Part of the Final year requirement 556 MLD will be met from the 114 MLD plant constructed under Ranchi Phase IIA 3

Infrastructure Function Description Location Silt trap is proposed to capture the fine silts which ultimately drain from the underneath channel provided in the silt trap back into the river by gravity, the width of the silt trap is 1.5 meter and water will flow down towards the reservoir through retaining weir. The relevant drawing area provided in Figure 3 and

Figure 4 At the entrance of the sump a trash rack is proposed with a perforated screen of 6 mm dia, in the forebay channel, to create obstacles for the suspended material and aquatic organism, entering into the sump. A mud pump of 7.5 HP is proposed to flush out the unwanted material which may accumulate in the trash rack (Figure 3). Suitable fish guard

Infrastructure Function Description Location arrangements will be provided during the detailed design and in is included in the Standards Bidding document Raw Water Pumping Station Pump raw water from Capacity: 370 To be Rukha Reservoir and MLD constructed supply to the new 213 For 2035, 6 adjoining the WTP pumps (four proposed working plus two Forebay standby) of 62 Channel at MLD are Rukka. The presently being proposed considered pumping station which would be is located at the upgraded7 for the ultimate year shore of the (2050). The Civil reservoir on Structure has government land been designed for the ultimate year as per Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) Guidelines, Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs, Government of India. However, the Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation Control and Automation equipment will presently be for intermediate year (2035). Raw water rising mains Transport of raw Length 350 m The rising mains water from Dia: 1500 mm will be laid pumphouse to WTP through the

8 Discussion with the DWSD personnel indicate that the existing pipes are at a depth of 2-3 m. The new pipelines would be laid at approximately 1.0 m from the road surface. Thus, there would be sufficient vertical space between and the old pipes and the new pipes and thus the new pipes can be laid without disturbing the old pipes. 5

Infrastructure Function Description Location available space The rising main along the has been roadside from designed for the pump house 2050. to WTP. The alignment of the pipeline has been decided taking into consideration trees and utilities along the way. The existing pipes will be left in situ8 and new pipes will be laid adjacent to the existing pipes. The road is owned by the Drinking water & Sanitation department, GOJ. Power supply infrastructure To provide dedicated Transmission The location of power to the pumping line with the 132 kilovolt station via substation insulated cables (KV) Grid (in the Rukka substation of Reservoir JBVNL from insulated cable which power have been supply is to be proposed for the made available transmission will be known line) only after An electrical finalization of substation will detailed designs also be and submission developed. For of application supply of power and approved by 1500 KVA JBVPL. transformer (1 J Working +1 Standby) is proposed at the Pump house. Total estimated electrical Load is: 17227.96 KWh/day

Infrastructure Function Description Location The detailed power requirements will be worked out by contractor and will be submitted to power supply utility (JBVPL9) for approval. JBVPL will then finalize the supply arrangements based on the power availability at its nearest grid station. Oil containment system will be provided in the substation.

Figure 3: General Arrangement of the Forebay Channel and the Intake arrangement

9 Jharkhand Vidyut Vitaran Nigam Limited (Jharkhand Power Supply Corporation) 7

Figure 4 :Cross section of the Forebay Channel and the Sump well

Figure 5: Drawing of 6 mm opening Bar Screen

D. Operation and Maintenance

Operation and maintenance of water supply system. The contractor will operate and maintain the system for a period of 5 years after completion of construction and commissioning the new / improved system. This will include the following:

• Monitoring and controlling the Intake works through PLC10- based SCADA system., • Regular maintenance of Intake arrangement, • Maintenance of raw water rising main, Intake Arrangements, rising mains, Pumping Machinery, Electrical Equipment • SCADA system

10 Programmable Logic Controller 9

The system has a design life of 30 years, during which major repairs or refurbishments is not required and should operate with little maintenance beyond routine actions required to keep the equipment in working order. The stability and integrity of the system will be monitored periodically to detect any problems and allow remedial action if required. Any repairs will be small-scale involving manual, temporary, and short-term works involving regular checking and recording of performance for signs of deterioration, servicing, and replacement of parts.

E. Associated / Existing Facility

The Water Supply system planned under JUWSIP is independent with dedicated raw water intake, conventional water treatment plant, raw and clear water rising mains, storage, and distribution system. It is not interlinked to the existing water supply system. As discussed earlier the power supply for the project is through a dedicated transmission/ distribution line and electrical substation, which will also be funded by the project. There are no associated facilities in this subproject.

F. Subproject Benefits

The subproject while assuring water availability to the residents of Ranchi City is primarily designed to improve environmental quality and living conditions of the capital. The benefits arising from this subproject include: (i) increased availability of potable water at appropriate pressure to all households including urban poor; (ii) reduced time and costs in accessing alternative sources of water. (iii) better public health particularly reduction in waterborne and infectious diseases; (iv) reduced risk of groundwater depletion.

G. Implementation Schedule

Subproject designs were prepared, bids invited, and contract has been awarded. Contractor will review/verify and finalize the designs, after which constructions works will start. Construction will take about 36 months, followed by 60 months O&M period. The project is designed for a period of 30 years. Table 5 provides the implementation schedule as per preliminary design. More detailed information will be provided during IEE updated at the design verification and finalization stage to reflect the final project design.

Table 5 : : Implementation Schedule for Ranchi Water Intake /JURIP 03 Package

Activity Timeline Submission by Contractor of Site Environmental Within 28 days after receiving notice under Monitoring Plan (SEMP). commencement of work Review and approval by PMU of contractor’s (SEMP), proposed locations for construction work camps, Within 21 days storage areas, hauling roads, lay down areas, disposal areas for solid and hazardous wastes. Construction 03 years construction + 03 months trial and run period + 05 year as operations and Commissioning period maintenance (O & M)

III. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Descriptions of various alternatives considered for critical components such as water source, are presented in Table 6.

Table 6: Analysis of Alternatives Ranchi Intake Project

With project alternative The Ranchi Intake would cater to the water requirement of the town till 2050. This subproject would be crucial to improve the service levels of basic infrastructure – water supply, which will ultimately improve the water availability in the Ranchi Municipal Corporation Area.

At present the water supply system of Ranchi is currently facing the following problems: (i) low water supply rate per capita; (ii) short hours or intermittent water supply; (iii) low water pressure in the outlying areas; and (iv) non- uniform spatial supply rate. Also, most of the wards are not covered by the municipal water supply and most of the colonies do not have access to municipal water supply. With and without Project alternatives The project intends to provide following benefits to the town population, and the “no project” alternative will deprive people of these benefits: (i) increased availability of potable water at appropriate pressure to all households including urban poor. (ii) reduced time and costs in accessing alternative sources of water. (iii) better public health particularly reduction in waterborne and infectious diseases.

Without project alternative Without subproject would yield the town to be continuously under-serviced that puts the health of the general public at an increasing risk and could potentially worsen the living environment. This ‘no project’ scenario would impede further social and economic development of the district and the defer commitments to improve the proportion of the population with sustainable access to clean water.

Given the large-scale benefits to the population and environment, ‘no project’ alternative is considered inappropriate 11

Existing source, as presented below, is considered adequate, so no alternative source analysis conducted.

The Rukha Reservoir was constructed to supply water to Ranchi town as well as supply water to the Sikidri hydropower plant. So, this was considered as primary source of water.

Water source Rukha Reservoir: The present allocation to different users from Rukha alternatives reservoir is 529.64 MLD11 / 145.65 MCM. With the commissioning of the new 213 MLD (being constructed under JUWSIP/01) plant the 171 MLD plant Rukha Reservoir would be decommissioned, and the water diverted to the 213 MLD plant. (existing source) These two plants i.e., 114 and 213 MLD plants coupled with the Kanke and Gonda scheme would suffice for the requirement till 2035. In the ultimate year 2050 additional water requirement for Ranchi city is 151 MLD/41.52 MCM (556- (213+114+56.83 +19.5)).

As per the information available from DW&SD the Live Storage capacity of the Rukha Reservoir is 231.89 MCM. (Gross Storage 288.63 MCM and Dead Storage 56.74 MCM). Surplus water available in the reservoir is 74.55 MCM (231.89 – (145.65 +11.69)). Thus, even after abstraction of water in the ultimate year i.e., 2050 enough water would remain in the reservoir. Selected source: Rukha Reservoir is a large water source near the town and abstraction is sustainable. Thus, it is considered as a source. Option 1: Intake with Pumps and Approach Bridge The Components of the scheme are i). Intake and Pump House, ii). Pumps, Type of intake iii) rising main from Intake to WTP. The Civil structure would be designed for structure alternatives ultimate flow 350 MLD of 2050, whereas Mechanical, electrical, Instrumentation Control and Automation would be designed for the next 15 Three type of intake years up to 2035. structures were The advantage for this type of structure is: i) Typical Conventional design considered for Ranchi. used extensively in Jharkhand e.g., Maithon and hence well proven. The option analysis This type of intake has the following disadvantage: i) Requires over 260 nos. presenting the pros and of piers by well sinking method / conventional design (Cofferdam in case of cons are detailed: conventional design of well). Thus, there would be considerable disturbance to the aquatic ecology ii) Bridge will be heavier structure as it will carry rising main as well as vehicular load for stores and spares. The construction techniques would result in vibration iii) Location of proposed intake near to existing Intake well so working space available is bound to be insufficient. Difficulty in dismantling the Cofferdams installed during construction.

Option 2: Forebay With Pumping Station Another option to the conventional intake is provision of a forebay i.e., channel constructed from the location of assured water during all weather and intake / pump house to enable the water to enter the intake / pump house constructed fairly close to the shore. The design of the intake and pump house are conventional. The advantage include: i) Conventional type forebay proposed is a well proven and understood technology in the region, ii) Energy consumption would be less.

11 Currently, there are two plants i.e., 171 MLD plant commissioned in 1971 and the 114 MLD plant under the PPP scheme. Additionally, 1 MLD is allocated for Irba rural Water supply Scheme. Since the reservoir was commission for dual purpose i.e., drinking water supply for Ranchi and generation of electricity 243.64 is allocated for the Sikidri hydro Power Plant.

as the rising main is relatively shorter in length, iii) Sump well/ Pump house located on shore means easier to construct & operate/ maintain. The disadvantage is No underground blasting permitted by Fisheries department, needs proper planning. Mechanical pneumatic hammer/ handheld hammers would produce lot of noise. Option 3: Barge Mounted Pumping Station Barges are floated in the reservoir and pumps are located on these barges including all mechanical, electrical, instrumentation Control and automation aspects. Each pump has its own rising main which are later combined to form the raw water rising main. The rising main is also floating and spans from the barge/s to the shore. The primary advantage is that it permits variation of water levels as rising main joints are flexible. However, the disadvantages include: i) Pump house located on floating barge difficult to construct & operate/ maintain, ii) Requires special permission from Director of Shipping & Fisheries Department iii) Difficulty with substantial fluctuating levels in the dam basin, iv) High cost of O & M to maintain barges. An additional barge with pumps etc. complete to be kept on standby in case of major repairs, v) Permissions need to be obtained from the relevant Water Resources and Maritime to prove water worthiness of the barges Selected Alternative These options were analyzed from the techno-economic aspect. It was observed that from both technical and cost perspective the Option 2: Forebay With Pumping Station was the best option.

IV. POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. ADB Policy Statement

JUWSIP is required to comply with the requirements of ADB SPS 2009. Summary of the step-by- step process is discussed below in this section.

B. Screening and Categorization

The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project, the sensitivity, scale, nature and magnitude of its potential impacts, and the availability of cost- effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impact and are assigned to one of the following four categories:

Category A. Projects could have significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts. Category B. Projects could have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree or significance than those in category A. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report. Category C. Projects are unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are reviewed.

Category FI. Projects involve a credit line through a financial intermediary or an equity investment in a financial intermediary. The financial intermediary must apply an environmental management system unless all Projects will result in insignificant impacts.

Environmental Management Plan. An EMP which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment in the project area of influence is prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the Project’s impact and risks.

Environmental Audit of Existing Facilities. ADB SPS, 2009 requires an environmental audit, if a subproject involves facilities and/or business activities that already exist or are under construction, including an on-site assessment to identify past or present concerns related to impacts on the environment. The objective of this compliance audit is to determine whether actions were in accordance with ADB’s safeguard principles and requirements for borrowers/clients, and to identify and plan appropriate measures to address outstanding compliance issues. As discussed above, in this project there are no existing / associated facilities.

Public Disclosure. The IEE will be put in an accessible place (PMU and PIU offices), and a summary translated into local language for the project affected people and other stakeholders. The following safeguard documents will be put up in ADB’s website so that the affected people, other stakeholders, and the public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation:

Final or updated IEE upon receipt; and Environmental monitoring reports submitted by the PMU during project implementation upon receipt.

Consultation and Participation. Carry out meaningful consultation with affected people and other concerned stakeholders, including civil society, and facilitate their informed participation. Ensure women’s participation in consultation. Involve stakeholders early in the project preparation process and ensure that their views and concerns are made known and understood by decision makers and taken into account.

Grievance Redress Mechanism. ADB SPS, 2009 require borrowers to establish a mechanism to receive and facilitate resolution of affected people’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the subproject’s performance. The grievance mechanism shall be scaled to the risks and adverse impacts of the subproject.

Monitoring and Reporting. Borrower shall monitor, measure, and document the implementation progress of the EMP. If necessary, the borrower shall identify the necessary corrective actions, and reflect them in a corrective action plan. Borrower shall prepare and submit to ADB semi- annual environmental monitoring reports that describe progress with implementation of the EMP and compliance issues and corrective actions, if any. For subprojects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis until ADB issues a project completion report.

Unanticipated Environmental Impacts. Where unanticipated environmental impacts become apparent during subproject implementation, ADB SPS, 2009 requires the borrower to update the environmental assessment and EMP or prepare a new environmental assessment and EMP to assess the potential impacts, evaluate the alternatives, and outline mitigation measures and resources to address those impacts.

Critical Habitat. ADB’s SPS, 2009 requires demonstration that the project will not adversely affect the identified critical habitat. ADB SPS, 2009 states that projects should not be developed within critical habitat areas unless all of the below criterion are met (i) there are no measurable

14 adverse impacts, or likelihood of such, on the critical habitat which could impair its high biodiversity value or the ability to function; (ii) the project is not anticipated to lead to a reduction in the population of any recognized endangered or critically endangered species or a loss in area of the habitat concerned such that the persistence of a viable and representative host ecosystem be compromised; and (iii) any lesser impacts are mitigated.

Occupational Health and Safety. ADB SPS, 2009 requires the borrower to ensure that workers are provided with a safe and healthy working environment, considering risks inherent to the sector and specific classes of hazards in the subproject work areas, including physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards, including potential risks relating to COVID-19. Borrower shall take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work, including: (i) identifying and minimizing, so far as reasonably practicable, the causes of potential hazards to workers; (ii) providing preventive and protective measures, including modification, substitution, or elimination of hazardous conditions or substances; (iii) providing appropriate equipment to minimize risks and requiring and enforcing its use; (iv) training workers and providing them with appropriate incentives to use and comply with health and safety procedures and protective equipment; (v) documenting and reporting occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents; and (vi) having emergency prevention, preparedness, and response arrangements in place.

Community Health and Safety.: ADB SPS, 2009 requires the borrower to identify and assess risks to, and potential impacts on, the safety of affected communities during the design, construction, operation, and decommissioning of the subproject, and shall establish preventive measures and plans to address them in a manner commensurate with the identified risks and impacts.

Physical Cultural Resources. Borrower is responsible for siting and designing the subproject to avoid significant damage to physical cultural resources. ADB SPS, 2009 requires that such resources likely to be affected by the subproject are identified, and qualified and experienced experts assess the subproject’s potential impacts on these resources using field-based surveys as an integral part of the environmental assessment process. When the proposed location of a subproject component is in areas where physical cultural resources are expected to be found as determined during the environmental assessment process, chance finds procedures shall be implemented as included in the EMP.

ADB SPS International Best Practice Requirements. ADB SPS, 2009 requires that, during the design, construction, and operation of the project, the executing agency shall apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices that are consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines. (IFC’s General EHS Guidelines and Sector Specific [Water and Sanitation] Guidelines). These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When Government of India regulations differ from these levels and measures, the PMU and PIUs will achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the PMU and PIUs will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS, 2009.

The IEEs shall also reflect meaningful consultation and disclosure process with a provision for grievance redress mechanism.

The environmental impacts of Ranchi Intake Arrangement subproject have been identified and assessed as part of the planning and design process. An environmental assessment using ADB’s REA checklist for water supply (see Appendix 1) was conducted, and results of the assessment show that the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. This subproject under JUWSIP has been categorized as “B” and accordingly this IEE has been prepared to address the potential impacts, in line with the recommended IEE content and structure for Category “B” projects

C. National and State Laws

The implementation of the subprojects will be governed by GOI and GOJ applicable environmental acts, rules, regulations, and standards. These regulations impose restrictions on the activities to minimize or mitigate likely impacts on the environment. It is the responsibility of the project executing and implementing agencies to ensure subprojects are consistent with the legal framework, whether applicable international, national, state, or municipal or local. Key standards include those related to drinking water quality, air quality, noise, solid waste disposal and management, and protected areas. Compliance is required in all stages of the subprojects including design, construction, and O&M.

Environmental assessment. The GOI EIA Notification of 2006 (replacing the EIA Notification of 1994), sets out the requirement for environmental assessment in India. This states that environmental clearance is required for specified activities/projects, and this must be obtained before any construction work or land preparation (except land acquisition) may commence. Projects are categorized as A or B depending on the scale of the project and the nature of its impacts.

(i) Category A projects require environmental clearance from the central MoEFCC. The proponent is required to provide preliminary details of the project in the prescribed manner with all requisite details, after which an expert appraisal committee (EAC) of the MoEFCC prepares comprehensive terms of reference (TOR). For the EIA study. On completion of the study and review of the report by the EAC, MoEFCC considers the recommendation of the EAC and provides the environmental clearance if appropriate. (ii) Category B projects require environmental clearance from the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority. The State level EAC categorizes the project as either B1 (requiring EIA study) or B2 (no EIA study) and prepares TOR for B1 projects within 60 days. On completion of the study and review of the report by the EAC, the SEIAA issues the environmental clearance based on the EAC recommendation. The notification also provides that any project or activity classified as category B will be treated as category A if it is in whole or in part within 10 km from the boundary of protected areas, notified areas or inter-state or international boundaries.

The Schedule6 I of the EIA 2006 notification defines threshold of activities which require to undertake an environmental assessment and obtain an environmental clearance from statutory bodies. None of the components of this water supply system subproject falls under the ambit of the EIA Notification 2006, and therefore EIA Study or environmental clearance is not required for the subproject from the MOEFCC or SEIAA . Further, the Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board has also exempted water supply projects from the preview of the Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate under the Water.

Applicable environmental regulations: Besides EIA Notification 2006, there are various other acts, rules, policies, and regulations currently in force in India that deal with environmental issues that could apply to infrastructure development. The specific regulatory compliance requirements for the Project are shown in the below in Table 7.

Table 7 : Applicable Government of India Environmental Legislations and Specific Requirements for the Project

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase 1 National Environment NEP is a comprehensive guiding document in All subprojects under Applicable to the project Policy, 2006. India for all environmental conservation programs JUWSIP should adhere to across the life cycle and legislations by central, state, and local NEP principle of “enhancing government. The dominant theme of this policy is and conservation of to promote betterment of livelihoods without environmental resources and compromising or degrading the environmental abatement of pollution”. resources. The policy also advocates collaboration method of different stakeholders to harness potential resources and strengthen environmental management. 2 EIA Notification The EIA Notification of 2006 and 2009 (replacing None of the components of Not Applicable the EIA Notification of 1994), set out the this subproject falls under the requirement for environmental assessment in ambit of the notification. India. This states that environmental clearance is required for certain defined activities/projects, and this must be obtained before any construction work or land preparation (except land acquisition) may commence. Projects are categorized as A or B depending on the scale of the project and the nature of its impacts. Category A projects requires environmental clearance from the National Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change (MoEFCC). Category B projects require environmental clearance from the State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA). 3 Water (Prevention and Control of water pollution is achieved through Water supply components Not Applicable Control of Pollution) Act administering conditions imposed in consent are exempted in Jharkhand of 1974, Rules of 1975, issued under provision of the Water (Prevention from pollution control board and amendments and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974. These for CTE and CTO (letter conditions regulate the quality and quantity of attached as Appendix 3) effluent, the location of discharge and the frequency of monitoring of effluents. Any component of the Project having the potential to generate sewage or trade effluent will come under 17

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase the purview of this Act, its rules, and amendments. Such projects must obtain Consent to Establish (CTE) under Section 25 of the Act from Jharkhand state Pollution Control Board (JSPCB) before starting implementation and Consent to Operate (CTO) before commissioning. The Water Act also requires the occupier of such subprojects to take measures for abating the possible pollution of receiving water bodies. 4 Air (Prevention and The subprojects having potential to emit air For the subproject, the CTE Contractors need to Control of Pollution) Act pollutants into the atmosphere must obtain CTE and CTO from JSPCB is obtain necessary of 1981, Rules of 1982, under Section 21 of the Air (Prevention and required for (i) diesel permissions prior to and amendments. Control of Pollution) Act of 1981 from JSPCB generators; and (ii) hot mix construction before starting implementation and CTO before plants, wet mix plants, stone commissioning the project. The occupier of the crushers, etc. if installed for project/facility has the responsibility to adopt construction. necessary air pollution control measures for If contractor is procuring from abating air pollution. third party, contractor must ensure that third party is having CTE/CTO from JSPCB and Contractor to collect the copy of these and submit to PIU for approval.

5 The Motor Vehicles Act, The subprojects having potential to emit smoke As per Rule no 115. Emission All vehicle operating in 1988 (59 Of 1988) (14 and vapor carrying air pollutants, and enforcement of smoke, vapor, etc. from the project across the Oct. 1988) of other applicable rules as per the motor vehicle motor vehicles and Rule no lifecycle has to comply act 116. Test for smoke emission with these provisions. level and carbon monoxide level for motor vehicles of the Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989 6 Environment Emissions and discharges from the facilities to be Appendix 4 provides All equipment, plant and (Protection) Act, 1986 created or refurbished or augmented shall comply applicable standards for machinery, vehicles and CPCB with the notified standards notified. ambient air quality. need to comply with Environmental these provisions Standards.

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase Contractor is required to keep all his vehicles maintained and control all the construction activities so that ambient air quality remain within prescribed limit 7 Noise Pollution Rule 3 of the Act specifies ambient air quality Appendix 4 provides All equipment, plant and (Regulation and standards in respect of noise for different applicable noise standards. machinery, vehicles Control) Rules, 2002 areas/zones. need to comply with amended up to 2010. Contractors are required to these provisions ensure all noise-producing activities during civil works conform to applicable standards 8 National Institute of NIOSH has laid down criteria for a recommended Internationally recognized Applicable to the Occupational Safety standard: occupational noise exposure. The environmental standards. Construction and and Health (NIOSH) standard is a combination of noise exposure levels Contractors are required to operation stages of the Publication No. 98-126 and duration that no worker exposure shall equal provide hearing-protection project or exceed. equipment and ensure exposures of workers to noise-generating activities are within allowed NIOSH standards. 9 Municipal Solid Wastes Rules to manage municipal solid waste generated; Solid waste generated at Contractor shall ensure Management Rules, provides rules for segregation, storage, collection, proposed facilities shall be all MSW generated 2016 processing, and disposal. managed and disposed in during the construction accordance with the Rules. is managed as per the provisions of these rules. 10 Construction and Rules to manage construction and waste resulting Construction and demolition Contractor should Demolition Waste from construction, remodeling, repair, and waste generated from the ensure all construction Management Rules, demolition of any civil structure. Rules define project construction shall be debris are disposed as 2016 Construction and Demolition waste as waste managed and disposed as per the rules comprising of building materials, debris resulting per the rules. from construction, re-modeling, repair, and demolition of any civil structure. 19

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase 11 Regulation of According to the order dielectric fluid or mineral Contractors are required to Needs to be included in Polychlorinated used in transformer shall continue to be used till ensure PCB free transformer the Technical Biphenyls (PCB) Order, 31st Dec 2025, if it contains PCB less than 0.005 oil before making purchase Specification in bid 2016 per cent by weight (i.e., PCB < 50mg/kg). order or presence of PCB in The use of PCB in any form shall be completely any other electrical prohibited by 31st Dec 2025. equipment’s. 12 Forest (Conservation) As per Rule 6, every user agency, who wants to Not applicable as subprojects Act, 1980 and Forest use any forest land for non-forest purposes, shall components are not located Conservation Rules, seek approval of the Central Government. in designated forest area 2003 as amended 13 Jharkhand Timber and For felling of trees identified within the project Prior permission must be PMU/PIU to ensure this Other Forest footprints permission need to obtained from the Forest permission Produce (Transit and be obtained from DFO or authorized. Department for felling of any Regulation) ACF. tree within the project Rules, 2004 as footprint including WTP site, amended water pipeline’s etc 14 Indian Wildlife An Act to provide for the comprehensive Not applicable as subprojects Not Applicable (Protection) Act, 1972 protection of wild animals, birds, and plants. This components are not located amended 1993 and would cover matters concerning Appointment of in designated protected area. Rules 1995; Wildlife forest authorities, hunting of wild animals, (Protection) protection of specified plants, conservation of Amendment Act, 2002 national parks and sanctuaries, trade commerce in relation to plants and animals and prevention of any offences. Wildlife protected areas are notified under this act. - In Jharkhand State, there are 1 National Parks and 11 Wildlife Sanctuaries 15 Manufacture, Storage, Defines hazardous chemicals. Requires permission, Would be applicable for and Import of Stipulates rules, procedures to manufacture, authorization from various storage of chlorine at Hazardous Chemical storage and import of hazardous chemicals. agencies if the total storage the WTP under Rules, 1989 Requires permission, authorization from various exceeds specified quantity. JUWSIP/01Contractor agencies if the total storage exceeds specified has to ensure quantity; requires emergency management plan compliance. 16 The Ancient Monument The Rules designate areas within a radius of 100 There is no protected Not Applicable and Archaeological m and 200 m from the “protected property/ monument in the subproject Sites and Remains area.

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase (Amendment and monument/ area” as “prohibited area” and Validation) Act 2010 “regulated area” respectively. However, in case of any Henceforth, no permission for construction of any notified monuments, the public projects or any other nature shall be contractors will be required to granted in the prohibited areas of the protected follow a protocol as defined in monument and protected area. the Environmental In respect of regulated area, the Competent Management Plan (EMP). Authority may grant permission for construction, reconstruction, repair, and renovation based on recommendation of the National Monument Authority duly taking note of heritage byelaws, which shall be prepared in respect of each protected monument and protected area 17 The Right to Fair Private land acquisition is guided by the provisions No land acquisition is Not Applicable Compensation and and procedures under this Act. Before the required for the sub project. Transparency in Land acquisition of any land, the Government is All lands are government Acquisition, required to consult the concerned Panchayat or owned land. Rehabilitation and Municipal Corporation and carry out a Social Resettlement Act, 2013 Impact Assessment in consultation with them. The (LARR) and Jharkhand Act provides a transparent process for land Right to Fair acquisition for industrialization, development of Compensation and essential infrastructural facilities and urbanization Transparency in Land by giving adequate financial compensation to the Acquisition, affected people. Rehabilitation and Resettlement Rules- 2015

18 The Scheduled Tribes It grants legal recognition to the rights of traditional No land acquisition is Not Applicable and other Traditional forest dwelling communities. required for the sub project. Forest Dwellers All lands are government (Recognition of Forest owned land. Rights) Act, 2006 19 The Child Labour No child below 14 years of age will be employed No children between the Contractor to ensure (Prohibition and or permitted to work in any of the occupations set ages of 14 to 18 years will be Compliance / PIU to Regulation) forth in the Act’s Part A of the Schedule or in any engaged in hazardous maintain oversight Amendment Act, 2016 working conditions. 21

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase The Child Labour workshop wherein any of the processes set forth (Prohibition and in Part B of the Schedule. Regulation) Act, 1986 Child can help his family or family enterprise, which is other than any hazardous occupations or processes set forth in the Schedule, after his school hours or during vacations 20 The National Green NGT provides an effective and expeditious Stakeholders / affected Tribunal (NGT) Act, disposal of cases relating to environmental persons may approach NGT 2010 protection and conservation of forests and other to resolve project induced natural resources including enforcement of any environmental issues legal right relating to environment and giving relief and compensation for damages to persons and property and for matters connected therewith. NGT has jurisdiction over matters related to Water Act, 1974; Water Cess Act, 1977; Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980; Air Act, 1981; Environment (Protection) Act, 1986; Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991; and Biodiversity Act, 2002. Consequently, no other court will have jurisdiction over the matters related to environment falling under the above referred Acts. Being a dedicated tribunal for environmental matters with the necessary expertise to handle environmental disputes. 21 Contract Labour The Act provides for certain welfare measures to Applicable to all construction Contractor to ensure (Regulation and be provided by the Contractor to contract labor works under JUWSIP. compliance / PIU to Abolition) Act, 1970 and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the IA to obtain a Certificate of maintain oversight. same are required to be provided by the Principal Registration as the principal Employer by Law. The principal employer is employer. required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take a License from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of principal employer if they employ 20 or more contract labor. 22 The Building and Other Employer shall- Contractors are required to Contractor to ensure Construction Workers • Provide and maintain, at suitable point, follow all the provisions of compliance and PIU to (Regulation of sufficient quantity of wholesome drinking water, BOCW Act and Jharkhand maintain oversight.

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase Employment and such point shall be at least 6 meters away from BOCW Rules. Salient Conditions of Service) any washing areas, urinals, or toilets features of Jharkhand BOCW Act, 1996 and the Cess • Provide sufficient urinals and latrines at Rules are- Act of 1996. convenient place, easily accessible by workers Chapter III, section 17- • Provide free of charge, temporary living Registration of accommodations near to work sites with separate establishments cooking place, bathing and lavatory facilities and Chapter VIII, section 61- restore the site as preconditions after completing Hours of works, intervals or the construction works rest and spread over, • Provide crèche with proper overtime. accommodation, ventilation, lighting, cleanliness, Section 62- weekly rest and sanitation if more than fifty female workers are Section 63- night shift engaged Section 67- registers of • Provide first aid facilities in all construction workers sites Section 68- Muster roll, For safety of workers employer shall provide- wages register. • Safe access to site and workplace Section 70- latrine and urinal •Safety in demolition works facilities Safety in use of explosives Chapter XI- Safety and •Safety in operation of transporting equipment and Health appoint competent person to drive or operate such Section 78- fire protection vehicles and equipment Section 79- emergency •Safety in lifting appliance, hoist and lifting gears action plan •Adequate and suitable lighting to every workplace Section 80- fencing of and approach motors. •Prevention of inhalation of dust, smoke, fumes, Section 81- lifting and gases during construction works and provide carrying of weight. adequate ventilation in workplace and confined Section 82- H&S policy space Section 83- dangerous and •Safety in material handling and harmful environment stacking/unstacking Section 84- Overhead •Safeguarding the machinery with flywheel of protection moving parts Section 88- eye protection •Safe handling and use of plants operated by Section 89- PPEs compressed air Section 90- electrical hazards •Fire safety Section 97- use of safety •Limit of weight to be lifted by workers individually helmets and shoes 23

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase •Safety in electric wires, apparatus, tools, and Chapter XIII-lifting appliances equipment and gears. •Provide safety net, safety sheet, safety belts Chapter XV- transport and while working at height (more than 1.6 mts as per earth moving equipment. OSHA) Chapter XVI- concrete works •Providing scaffolding, ladders, and stairs, lifting Chapter XVII- demolition appliances, chains and accessories where works. required Chapter XVIII-Excavation and •Safety in pile works, concrete works, hot asphalt, tunneling tar, insulation, demolition works, excavation, Chapter XX- ladders and step underground construction, and handling materials ladders •Provide and maintain medical facilities for Chapter XXII- structural workers frame and formworks •Any other matters for the safety and health of Chapter XXIV- medical workers facilities and first aid box 23 The Inter-State Migrant The Act is applicable to an establishment which Contractor shall register with Contractor to ensure Workmen (Regulation employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen Labour Department if Inter- compliance and PIU to of Employment and through an intermediary (who has recruited state migrant workmen are maintain oversight. Conditions of Service) workmen in one state for employment in the engaged. Act, 1979 establishment situated in another state). The inter- Adequate and appropriate state migrant workmen, in an establishment to amenities and facilities to be which this Act becomes applicable, are required to provided to workers – be provided certain facilities such as housing, housing, medical aid, medical aid, traveling expenses from home up to traveling expenses the establishment and back, etc., 24 The Street Vendors The Act aims to protect the rights of urban street Not applicable. There is no Contractor to ensure (Protection of vendors and regulates street vending activities. It private land acquisition or compliance and PIU to Livelihood and provides for survey of street vendors and their resettlement. maintain oversight. Regulation of Street protection from eviction or relocation; issuance of Vending) Act, 2014. certificate for vending; provision of rights and And obligations of street vendors; development of Jharkhand Street street vending plans; and organizing of capacity Vendor (Protection of building programs to enable the street vendors to Livelihood and exercise the rights contemplated under this Act. Regulation of Street Vending), Rules 2014

No. Law, Policy, Description Requirement Relevance to Project Regulation Phase 25 Minimum Wages Act, The employer is supposed to pay not less than the All construction workers Contractor to ensure 1948. Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government should be paid not less than compliance and PIU to as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a the prescribed minimum maintain oversight. scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, wage. Roads, and Runways are scheduled employment. 26 Workmen The Act provides for compensation in case of Compensation for workers in Contractor to ensure Compensation Act, injury by accident arising out of and during case of injury by accident. compliance and PIU to 1923. employment. maintain oversight. 27 Equal Remuneration The Act provides for payment of equal wages for Equal wages for work of Contractor to ensure Act, 1979. work of equal nature to Male and Female workers equal nature to male and compliance and PIU to and not for making discrimination against Female female workers. maintain oversight. employees in the matters of transfers, training, and promotions etc. 28 Jharkhand Minor It regulates prospecting of minerals including Building materials such as Contractor to ensure Mineral and minor minerals such as building stones, gravel, sand, aggregate and good compliance and PIU to Concession Rules 2004 ordinary clay, and ordinary sand. earth may be obtained from maintain oversight. and Amendment 2014 approved quarries/ borrow areas. CPCB= Central Pollution Control Board, CTE/CTO=Consent to establish/ Consent to operate, EIA= environmental impact assessment, EMP= environmental management plan, JUIDCO= Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Development Company Limited, JSPCB= Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board, JUWSIP= Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project, NGT= National Green Tribunal, NIOSH= National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, MOEFCC= Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, SEIAA= State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority. 25

D. International Conventions and Treaties

In addition to national and state rules and regulations, international conventions such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, and Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance are applicable in the selection and screening of subprojects under restricted/sensitive areas. India is a party to these conventions. The international conventions and their requirement to the subproject are given in Table 8.

Table 8 : International Conventions and Their Requirement to the Subproject

International No. Description Requirements Convention 1 International Union The International Union for These criteria are relevant to for Conservation of Conservation of Nature and Natural all species and all regions of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) Red List of the world. The aim is to Resources Threatened Species (also known as the convey the urgency of IUCN Red List or Red Data List), conservation issues to the founded in 1963, is a comprehensive public and policy makers, as inventory of the global conservation well as help the international status of plant and animal species. The community to try to reduce IUCN is an authority on the species extinction. conservation status of species. A series of Regional Red Lists are produced by Not relevant to the target area countries or organizations, which of subproject. assess the risk of extinction to species within a political management unit. The IUCN Red List is set upon precise criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. 2 Convention on The Convention on Migratory Species of CMS Parties strive towards Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) was adopted in strictly protecting these Wild Animals 1979 and entered into force on 1 species, conserving, or November 1983. CMS, also known as restoring the places where the Bonn Convention, recognizes that they live, mitigating obstacles states must be the protectors of to migration and controlling migratory species that live within or other factors that might pass through their national jurisdictions, endanger them. and aims to conserve terrestrial, marine, and avian migratory species throughout Not relevant to the target area their ranges. of subproject. 3 Convention on The Convention on International Trade Many wildlife species in trade International Trade in in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna are not endangered, but the Endangered Species and Flora (CITES) is an international existence of an agreement to of Wild Fauna and agreement between governments. Its ensure the sustainability of Flora aim is to ensure that international trade the trade is important to in specimens of wild animals and plants safeguard these resources for does not threaten their survival. CITES the future. Because the trade were first formed, in the 1960s. in wild animals and plants Annually, international wildlife trade is crosses borders between estimated to be worth billions of dollars countries, the effort to and to include hundreds of millions of regulate it requires plant and animal specimens. The trade international cooperation to is diverse, ranging from live animals and safeguard certain species plants to a vast array of wildlife products from over-exploitation. derived from them, including food 26

International No. Description Requirements Convention products, exotic leather goods, wooden Not relevant to the subproject musical instruments, timber, tourist area. curios and medicines. Levels of exploitation of some animal and plant species are high and the trade in them, together with other factors, such as habitat loss, is capable of heavily depleting their populations and even bringing some species close to extinction. 4 Ramsar Convention, The Ramsar Convention is an There are no Ramsar sites in 1971. intergovernmental treaty that provides Ranchi. the framework for national action and international co-operation for the Not applicable to Ranchi conservation and wise use of wetlands water supply subproject. and their resources. India is one of the signatories to the treaty. The Ramsar convention made it mandatory for the signatory countries to include wetland conservation in their national land use plans. 5 Convention on India is a signatory of this convention Not applicable in this project International Trade in which aims to control international as no endangered species of Endangered Species commercial trade in endangered wild fauna and flora is found of Wild Fauna and species in project areas. Flora (CITES), 1973 6 Montreal Protocol, India is a signatory of this convention Not applicable in this project 1992 which aims to reduction in the as no ODS are involved in consumption and production of ozone- construction works. depleting substances (ODS), while recognizing differences in a nation’s responsibilities. Ozone depleting substances are divided in two groups Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and Hydro chlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) 7 Basel Convention on India is a signatory of this convention Contractor to follow the Trans-boundary which aims to reduce trans-boundary provisions of Hazardous Movement of movement and creation of hazardous Waste Rules, 2016 for Hazardous Wastes, wastes. storage, handling, transport, 1989 and disposal of hazardous waste emerged during construction works. Under this Convention, asbestos, or asbestos waste in the form of dust and fibers is classified as hazardous waste. 27

International No. Description Requirements Convention 8 ILO Core Labour Internationally recognized Core Labour PMU and PIU shall ensure Standards standards (CLS): (i) freedom of compliance with CLS. association and the right to bargain collectively, (ii) elimination of Civil works contractor shall discrimination in employment and comply with CLS besides the occupation, (iii) elimination of all forms national labour laws. of forced and compulsory labour and (iv) effective abolition of child labour Other labour standards that complement the CLS are those governing: (i) occupation health and safety, (ii) minimum wages and payment of wages, (iii) social security, and (iv) labour administration

1. ADB SPS Requirements. During the design, construction, and operation of the project, the PMU and PIU will apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When the Government of India regulations differ from these levels and measures, the PMU and PIU will achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the PMU and PIU will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS.

Table 9 : WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines

Parameters Averaging Period Guidelines Value in µg/m3 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) 24-hour 125 (Interim Target-1) 50(Interim Target-2) 20(Guidelines) 10 minutes 500(Guidelines) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) 1-Year 40 (Guidelines) 1-hour 200 (Guidelines) Particular Matter PM10 1-Year 70 (Interim target 1) 50 (Interim target 2) 30 (Interim target 3) 20(Guidelines) 24-hour 150 (Interim target 1) 100 (Interim target 2) 75 (Interim target 3) 50(Guidelines)

Particular Matter PM2.5 1-Year 35 (Interim target 1) 25 (Interim target 2) 15 (Interim target 3) 10(Guidelines) 24-hour 75 (Interim target 1) 50 (Interim target 2) 37.5 (Interim target 3) 25 (Guidelines)

Ozone 8-hour daily Maximum 160 (Interim Target-1) 100 (Guidelines) Table 10: World Bank Group’s EHS Noise Level Guidelines One Hour Leq (dBA) Receptor Daytime 07.00-22.00 Nighttime 22.00 – 07.00 Residential, Institutional educational 55 45 Industrial, Commercial 70 70

Table 11: Water Quality Standard as per WHO

National Standards for Drinking Water WHO Guidelines for Drinking-Water Applicable Per Group Max. Parameter Unit Concentration Quality, 4th Edition, ADB, SPS Limit 2011 Physical Turbidity NTU 1 (5) - 1 (5) pH 6.5 – 8.5 None 6.5 – 8.5 Color Hazen Units 5 (15) None 5 (15) Taste and Agreeable - Agreeable Odor TDS mg/l 500 (2,000) - 500 (2,000) Iron mg/l 0.3 - 0.3 Manganese mg/l 0.1 (0.3) - 0.1 (0.3) Arsenic mg/l 0.01 (0.05) 0.01 0.01 Cadmium mg/l 0.003 0.003 0.003 Chromium mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 None 0.05 Fluoride mg/l 1 (1.5) 1.5 1 (1.5) Lead mg/l 0.01 0.01 0.01 Ammonia mg/l 0.5 none established 0.5 Chemical Chloride mg/l 250 (1,000) none established 250 (1,000) Barium mg/l 0.7 None 0.7 Sulphate mg/l 200 (400) None 200 (400) Nitrate mg/l 45 50 45 Copper mg/l 0.05 (1.5) 2 0.05 (1.5) Total mg/l 200 (600) - 200 (600) Hardness Calcium mg/l 75 (200) - 75 (200) Zinc mg/l 5 (15) none established 5 (15) Mercury mg/l 0.001 0.006 0.001 Aluminum mg/l 0.1 (0.3) none established 0.1 (0.3) Anionic mg/l 0.2 (1.0) None 0.2 (1.0) Detergents Phenolic mg/l 0.001(0.002) None 0.001(0.002) Compounds Residual mg/l 0.2 5 0.2 Chlorine Microbial E-coli MPN/100ml Must not be Must not be Must not be detectable in detectable in detectable in any 100 indicator Total Coliform MPN/100ml any 100 ml any100 ml sample ml sample sample

E. Manuals and Indian Standard Codes

The development of the water supply systems will be governed by the Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO Manual) and relevant IS codes as shown in Table 12The CPHEEO manual also contains provisions on environmental protection and Construction Health and Safety Standards which needs to be followed by the contractors.

The contractor and all subcontractors are to comply with the rules and procedures, the national legislation, and codes and in particular the following standards given in Table 12 below.

Table 12 : Construction Health and Safety Standards12

Standards Description IS: 3696 (Part I) -1966 Safety code for scaffolds and ladders: Part I Scaffolds IS: 3696 (Part II)-1966 Safety code for scaffolds and ladders: Part II Ladders IS: 3764-1966 Safety code for excavation work Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials at site IS: 4082-1977 (first revision) IS: 4130-1976 Safety code for demolition of building (first revision) Safety requirements for floor and wall openings, railings, and toe boards (first IS: 4912-1978 revision) IS: 5121-1969 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations IS: 5916-1970 Safety code constructions involving use of hot bituminous materials IS: 7205-1974 Safety code for erection of structural steel work IS: 7969-1975 Safety code for handling and storage of building materials IS: 8989-1978 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures IS: 7293-1974 Safety code for working with construction machinery IS: 10291-1982 Code of dress in Civil Engineering works, safety IS: 875-1964 Code of practice for structural safety of buildings and loading standards IS: 1905-1980 Code of practice for structural safety of buildings, masonry walls General aspects Part 1 – 1983, Part 2 – 1982, Part 6 – 1983, Part 10 – 1983 IS: 10386-1983 Amenities, protective clothing and equipment, construction, storage, handling, detection and safety measures for gases, chemicals, and flammable liquids IS: 2925-1984 Safety helmet tests IS: 5983-1980 Testing for Eye protectors IS: 7524 (Part I)-1979 Safety goggles IS:1179-1967 Welding helmets IS: 5914-1970, Safety shoes IS 5852: 1996 IS: 4770-1991 Safety gloves IS: 12254-1993 Rubber/ PVC knee boots/ gum boots

12 https://bis.gov.in

IS 2573 Reflective Jackets, mitten/ gloves safety nose masks Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 & its amendments & guidelines OSHAS guidelines Client specific requirements for compliance with OSHA standards IRC SP 55: 2001: Guidelines for Safety in Road Construction Zones

F. Indicative Statutory Clearance Requirements

Clearances / permissions to be obtained prior to start of construction are presented in Table 13. This list is indicative, and the contractor should ascertain the requirements of any additional permission required and obtain the same prior to start of the construction.

Table 13 :: Permission and Clearance required in the Project

Sr. Construction Statute under which Clearance is Implementation Supervision No. Activity Required Hot mix plants, Consent to establish and consent to 1 Crushers and Contractor PIU operate under Air Act, 1981 from JSPCB Batching Plants Storage, Hazardous Wastes (Management and handling, and Handling) Rules. 2016 Manufacturing, 2 transport of Contractor PIU Storage, and Import of Hazardous hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 from JSPCB materials Sand mining, Permission from District Collector/ State 3 quarries and Department of Mining, under Jharkhand Contractor PIU borrow areas Minor Mineral and Concession Rules New quarries Environmental clearance under EIA 4 and borrow Contractor PIU Notification 2006 areas Laying of pipelines in Ranchi Municipal Corporation/ DW&SD, 5 PIU/PMC PMU/PIU space along the GOJ existing road 6 Power supply JUSNL/JBVNL PIU/PMC PMU/PIU Transfer of Revenue, Registration & Land Reforms 7 PMU/PIU/PMC PMU/PIU Land department, GOJ Temporary 8 traffic diversion District traffic police Contractor PIU measures Abstraction of Permission for abstraction of water from 9 PMU UDHD Water the WRD, GOJ Disposal of Letter of Acceptance from Municipal 10 MSW during Contractor PIU Corporation construction Disposal of Letter of Acceptance from Municipal 11 Contractor PIU C&D Waste Corporation Prior Permission from the Forest 12 Tree Cutting PIU PMU Department, GoJ EIA= environment impact assessment, GOJ= Government of Jharkhand, JSPCB= Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project monitoring unit.

PMU will be overall responsible for supervision in getting all clearances and provide details to ADB through the semi-annual monitoring report. PMU will ensure all necessary regulatory clearances and approvals are obtained prior to commencement of works. Respective PIUs, with support of project consultants and contractors, are responsible for obtaining the clearances/permits and ensuring conditions/specifications/provisions are incorporated in the subproject design, costs, and implementation. The PIUs shall report to PMU the status of compliance to clearances/permits as part of the regular progress reporting.

V. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

The project components are described in Table 4. Considering the components and the activities which will be undertaken, proposed works will be confined to Rukha reservoir, a nearby parcel of land where sump cum pump house, and power supply infrastructure will be developed. Following are the valued environmental components (VEC) that may be affected by the proposed project during its project life cycle: climate, air quality, soil, surface water – availability and quality (Rukha reservoir), aquatic ecosystem (Rukha reservoir), and the community at located about 450 m from the site,

Proposed subproject area is located near the Rukka reservoir. The project location is entirely located in Ranchi district, located in southern part of the State, and approximately 16 km North of Ranchi City. Administratively it is located in Rukka villages of Ormanjhi Block. The baseline monitoring for physical environmental parameters will be conducted by the Contractor during the preparation of the Final IEE. At this stage, this IEE describes the baseline profile of VECs mostly based on secondary information and supplemented by primary data wherever it was possible. Since the project location is close to Ranchi city, the physical baseline of Ranchi has been described in the sections below along with site specific information.

A. Regional Settings

Ranchi district is bounded on the north by Ramgarh and Hazaribagh districts, on the south by Khunti & Saraikela Kharsawan, on the west by Gumla, Latehar & Lohardagga district and on the east by Saraikela Kharsawan and Purulia district of West Bengal.

The intake is located on the eastern most boundary of the Rukka Reservoir. The coordinate of the intake location is 23°.26’43.71119” N 85° 28’29.69184” E. The project location contours vary between 577m adjusted mean sea level (AMSL) and 584 m AMSL. With an average slope of 2.5%. B. Accessibility

NH 33 highway connecting Ranchi with the city of Hazaribagh passes near the intake location. A paved approach road of approximately 4.0 km and width 10 m connects the site and the WTP complex to the national highway (NH 33) .

C. Physical Environment

3. Climate

Ranchi district experiences subtropical climate, which is characterized by hot summer from March to May and well distributed rainfall during southwest monsoon from June to October. Winter

season in the area is marked by dry and cold weather during the month of November to February. Relative humidity also remains low, so summer season is also not uncongenial. 4. Temperature

December is the coldest month with minimum temperature of 10.30C and May is the hottest month with maximum temperature of 37.20C. The humidity is highest in August with mean daily relative humidity 80%. The climatological profile of the Ranchi district is presented in Table 14.

Table 14 : Climatological Data for Ranchi District (IMD station Ranchi

Month Temperature (oC) Total Rainfall Relative Humidity (mm) (5)16.7 Maximum Minimum Max Min January 27.9 5.7 16.7 11.1 10.8 February 31.3 7.9 21.2 12.2 11.4 March 35.9 11..8 25 13 11.6 April 39.5 16.7 21.8 15.8 13.3 May 41.2 18.9 61.7 21.2 17.9 June 39.4 20.6 249.4 26.2 24.7 July 33.8 20.9 366.6 27.9 28.3 August 31.9 21 319.1 27.9 28.2 September 32.1 19.7 247.3 26.6 26.6 October 31.5 14.4 76.6 21.2 20.9 November 29.4 9.5 10.8 14.9 14.6 December 26.9 6.3 11.6 11.8 11.6 Source: Climatological Table Ranchi (Station) IMD. 1981- 2010

5. Rainfall

The normal annual rainfall data indicate that annual average rainfall is 1394 mm. Maximum rainfall has been observed from June to October months. About 90% of the total annual rainfall is received in the monsoon period.

6. Ambient Air Quality

The site-specific baseline monitoring will be carried out by the Contractor during the design verification stage and the same will be included in the Final IEE. However, in order to understand the present air quality of the area, data as available from secondary sources was obtained. Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in association with the respective State Pollution control Boards has setup a network of air quality stations across the country. In the project area the nearest station is located at Albert Ekka Chowk, Ranchi (approx. 16 km from project location). The ambient air quality reported is presented in Table 15 The results indicate that the particulates are higher than the standards.

Table 15 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program of Ranchi

No. of SO2 (µ/m3) NOx (µ/m3) Monitoring PM10 State City Monitoring Average 24 Average 24 Stations (µ/m3) Days hrs. hrs.

Albert Ekka 93 18 36 - Ranchi Jharkhand Chowk 92 - - 122 Source: Central Pollution Control Board (New Delhi)13 http://www.cpcbenvis.nic.in/air_quality_data.html

7. Ambient Noise Quality

Proposed project is located away from developments and is about 4 km from the nearest highway. Site is surrounded by rural settings, and there are no notable noise sources, except the operation of existing water pumping stations and water treatment plants. Noise levels in the area therefore are likely to within the ambient standard for rural areas. No noise data is available, and the baseline noise level will be developed by contractor, and the same values will be used to measure the project impact during the implementation.

8. Surface Water Quality

For the subproject, Rukka reservoir has been proposed as source of water for the 370-MLD Intake Arrangement. The water quality test data conducted March 2020 of the Rukka reservoir is given in Table 16. Laboratory results are in Appendix 5. The water quality test results indicate that turbidity is slightly higher than the standards and Coliforms were detected. The turbidity and Coliforms can be removed during the water treatment (coagulation-flocculation) and disinfection to meet the applicable safe drinking water IS: 10500- 2012 in India as provided in Appendix 4. Regular water quality monitoring of raw water at the intake is part of the O&M.

Table 16 : Water Quality Test Results (March 2020)

Sr. Acceptable Limit Rukka Reservoir Parameters Unit No. IS: 10500-2012 (Raw Water)

(1) Physical Test 1 Color Hazen 5 Hazen, Max 5.00 Agreeable / Not 2 Odor Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 pH 6.50-8.50 8.5 Agreeable / Not 4 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 5 Turbidity NTU Scale 1 NTU Max 15.1 6 Conductivity µs/cm - 625.2 (2) Chemical Test 1 TDS mg/I 500, Max 245.00 2 TSS mg/I - 70.00

13 National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Program (NAMP) data- Year 2018.

Sr. Acceptable Limit Rukka Reservoir Parameters Unit No. IS: 10500-2012 (Raw Water)

Fixed (Inorganic) 3 mg/I - 130.00 Matter Volatile (Organic) 4 mg/I - 115.00 Matter 5 Total Hardness mg/I 200, Max 12.52 6 Calcium Hardness mg/I - 6.26 Magnesium 7 mg/I - 6.26 Hardness 8 Acidity mg/I - Absent 9 Alkalinity mg/I 200, Max 105 10 Sulphate mg/I 200, Max 4.73 11 Residual Chlorine mg/I 0.2 Min BDL 12 Chloramines mg/I 4.0 Max BDL 13 Sulphide mg/I 0.05, Max BDL 14 Bromide mg/I - 0.003 15 Chloride mg/I - 60.97 16 Iodide mg/I - BDL 17 Nitrogen mg/I - 1.23 18 Nitrate mg/I 45, Max 0.75 19 Nitrite mg/I - 0.03 Ammoniacal 20 mg/I 0.5, Max 1.36 Nitrogen 21 Silica mg/I - 14.00 22 Dissolved Oxygen mg/I - 6.00 23 Oil & Grease mg/I 0.5, Max 0.01 24 Calcium mg/I 75, Max 2.48 25 Phenol ug/I 0.001 mg/l, Max 0.002 26 BOD mg/I - 2.40 27 Sodium mg/I - 87.67 28 Potassium mg/I - 18.59 29 Magnesium mg/I 30, Max 1.41 30 COD mg/I - 5.68 31 Fluoride mg/I 1.0, Max 0.060 32 Anionic Detergents mg/I 0.2, Max BDL (3) Toxic Elements 1 Aluminum mg/I 0.03, Max 0.045 2 Antimony mg/I - 0.003 3 Arsenic mg/I 0.01, Max 0.001 4 Beryllium mg/I - <0.001 5 Bismuth mg/I - <0.001 6 Barium mg/I 0.7, Max 0.061 7 Boron mg/I 0.5, Max 0.045 8 Copper mg/I 0.05, Max 0.001 9 Cadmium mg/I 0.003, Max <0.001 10 Chromium mg/I 0.05, Max 0.001 11 Cobalt mg/I - <0.001 12 Lead mg/I 0.01, Max 0.005 13 Lithium mg/I - 0.002 35

Sr. Acceptable Limit Rukka Reservoir Parameters Unit No. IS: 10500-2012 (Raw Water)

14 Manganese mg/I 0.1, Max 0.051 15 Molybdenum mg/I 0.07, Max <0.001 16 Nickel mg/I 0.02, Max 0.001 17 Selenium mg/I 0.01, Max <0.001 18 Silver mg/I 0.1, Max 0.120 19 Strontium mg/I - 0.165 20 Tin mg/I - 0.001 21 Vanadium mg/I - 0.002 22 Zinc mg/I 5, Max 0.002 23 Mercury mg/I 0.001, Max <0.001 (4) Bacteriological Test Shall not be 1 E. Coli/ 100 ml detected/100 ml Not Detected sample Shall not be 2 Coliform/ 100 ml detected/100 ml Detected sample (5) Pesticide Residue 1 Phorate μg/l 2.0 2 Atrazine μg/l 2.0 <0.01 3 Malathion μg/l 190.0 <0.01 4 Phorat-Sulfone μg/l - <0.01 5 Ethion μg/l 3.0 <0.01 6 Chlorpyriphos μg/l 30.0 <0.01 7 Alpha-HCH μg/l 0.01 <0.01 8 Beta-HCH μg/l 0.04 <0.01 9 Gamma-HCH μg/l 2.0 <0.01 10 Delta- HCH μg/l 0.04 <0.01 11 Alachor μg/l 20.0 <0.01 12 Aldrin μg/l 0.03 <0.01 13 Dieldrin μg/l 0.03 <0.01 14 Butachor μg/l 125 <0.01 Alpha- μg/l <0.01 15 0.4 Endosulphane 16 Beta-Endosulphane μg/l 0.4 <0.01 Endosulphane μg/l <0.01 17 0.4 Sulphate 18 2,4’ DDD μg/l 1.0 <0.01 19 2,4’ DDT μg/l 1.0 <0.01 20 4,4’ DDD μg/l 1.0 <0.01 21 4,4’ DDT μg/l 1.0 <0.01 22 24’ D μg/l - <0.01 23 Methylparathion μg/l 0.3 <0.01 24 Isoproturon μg/l - <0.01 25 Monocrotophos μg/l - <0.01 BDL= Below Detection Level, NTU= Nephelometric Turbidity Unit. Source: Primary monitoring by PMC in March 2020 at Rukka Reservoir by Suntech Laboratories - NABL Accredited.

9. Soil

The soil testing would be carried out by the contractor during design finalization stage, and IEE and EMP will be updated accordingly. In absence primary information presently, the section has relied on secondary information of the soils present in the district. The soils of the district are mostly of the residual type. High temperature and high rainfall have led to the formation has of lateritic type of soils from rocks of Archean metamorphic complex exposed in the greater part of the district. Texturally the soils of the district have been classified into four classes-

(i) Stony and gravelly soils. These are low grade soils having a large admixture of cobbles, pebbles and gravels generally found at the base of the hills. (ii) Red and yellow soils. This soil is formed by the decomposition of crystalline metamorphic rocks like granite- gneiss etc. These rocks contain mineral particles like biotite, hornblende, and iron. Higher areas have soils with light red color, but the lower areas have relatively dark color. It lacks nitrogen, Phosphorus acid and humus. Potash and lime are sufficiently found. (iii) Lateritic soils. This type of soil is found in Ratu, Bero and parts of Mandar Blocks. The soil has dark red or brown colour, it has high iron content and has been formed by the process of lateralization of the weathered material in the favorable climate and topography. (iv) Alluvial soils. River channels in the district are covered with alluvial soils consisting mainly of coarse sand and gravel mixed with silt and clay. Soil thickness depends upon the topographical control.

10. Groundwater Resource

Construction activities will require water. Groundwater may be used as source of water for construction it is unlikely that reservoir is made available for construction work. However, this will be confirmed after mobilization of contractor. Ranchi district is having varied hydrogeological characteristics due to which ground water potential differs from one region to another. It is underlain by Chotanagpur granite gneiss of pre-Cambrian age in three-fourth of the district. In Ratu and Bero blocks thick lateritic capping is placed above granite gneiss. A big patch of older alluvium is found in Mandar block.

As per the studies carried out by Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) for estimation of Groundwater potential.. The blocks in the district have been categorized based on stage of development of groundwater into four groups – safe, semi critical, critical, and over exploited. In Ranchi District the Kanke block is in over-exploited category while Ratu block is in Semi-critical category while other blocks are in safe category. In Ormanjhi Block i.e., the project location the stage of ground water development is reported to be 68.67%.

Depth to water level as recorded by CGWB through a network of 81 no. of exploratory wells, 21 no. of observation wells and 23 no. of piezometers were constructed up to 31 March 2013. During the pre-monsoon period the areas adjoining Ranchi, Nagri, Ratu, Kanke and Ormanjhi areas where water level varies between 6-8 m. bgl. Major parts of Namkum, Silli block, Rahe block and parts of Angara and Kanke varies between 4-6 mbgl. During summer seasons Dug wells become unsustainable for drinking and irrigation purposes. During peak summer season’s deeper water levels may be observed in dug wells.

During post-monsoon depth to water levels in Namkum, Bundu, Rahe, Nagri, Ratu, Kanke is between 6-8 m bgl, Ormanjhi blocks and Parts of Mandar, Angara block water level varies between 2-4m.bgl. The downstream areas of the Rukha Reservoir come under the Angara block 37

in the Ranchi district. From the above discussion it can be inferred that the ground water is resources are not scarce in Ranchi.

11. Groundwater Quality

Groundwater may be used as source of water drinking during the construction works. It will be the responsibility of contractor to provide drinking water meeting the standards (IS 10500-2012). Groundwater quality monitoring will be carried out during the design finalization stage. IEE and EMP will be updated with the baseline information. No latest secondary data on groundwater quality is available, and therefore to provide an understanding of groundwater resources in larger Ranchi urban area, following information is sourced from Ranchi District Report of Central Ground Water Report (CGWB), 2013. Concentration of nitrates and fluoride is higher than the drinking water standards in some areas.

Electrical conductivity. of ground water of parts of Ranchi District ranges between 60 to 600 micro siemens /cm. at 25OC. (i) ph. Ground water of the parts of Ranchi districts are slightly alkaline in nature where PH varies between 7.21 to 7.95. (ii) Chloride. concentration of chloride varies between 18 to 106 mg/l. (iii) Nitrate. It is present within permissible limit of BIS. Concentration varies between 7.4 to 56 mg/l. (iv) Sulphate. Its concentration in ground water varies between 2.4 to 19mg/l. (v) Bicarbonate. concentration of bicarbonate is between 43 to171 mg/l. (vi) Calcium. Calcium is found between 14 to 64mg/l in study area. (vii) Magnesium. It occurs between 6 to 19mg/l. (viii) Sodium and Potassium. concentration of sodium is between 4 to 55mg/l while potassium occurs between 0.3 to 1.95mg/l. (ix) Fluoride. its value varies between 0.3 to 2.6mg/l. Wells at Chutupalu, Ormanjhi and Silli have concentration above permissible limit.14

Landuse. The Landuse of the project area was derived from secondary sources e.g., National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) and overlaying the other sources of information e.g., Survey of India sheets on it. The review of the landuse in the Project Influence areas clearly shows that the entire area is urbanized. There is no major industrial area in the Project Influence Area.

Extreme Natural Events and Climate Risks .

Extreme Natural Events A disaster risk atlas has been designed or developed? for JUWSIP to assist the GOJ in assessing and addressing disaster and climate risks and screen the proposed infrastructure from a natural hazard and climate perspective. In accordance with the location and character of the project, the focus of the mapping exercise is on hydro-meteorological and climate- related hazards – particularly floods - and less on multi-hazard, exposure and vulnerability at the project level. Within the limitations of spatial data on hazards two different flood hazard datasets namely i) Observed data based on NASA MODIS satellite imagery covering the last 18 years and ii) modelled data of the flood hazard with a 200-year return period based on UNISDR, ERN, World Bank and EC data linked to the UNISDR Global Assessment Report., were used to develop the flood risks These were validated against the state and local hazard maps and in consultation stakeholders and beneficiaries.

14 As per IS 10500:2012 Acceptable/Permissible limits are: Fluoride (1/1.5 mg/l).

Floods: The observed flood hazard map presented in (Figure 6 ) indicates that the areas adjoining Rukha are prone to low level of flood hazard while the modelled Flood Hazard map shows low to moderate flood risk.

Figure 6 :: Flood Hazard Map of Jharkhand

Seismic Hazards: In the revised seismic zones map of India (IS 1893; Part 1, 2002) Ranchi majorly falls in earthquake low damage risk zone II (MSK VI) by BMPTC.15 The earthquake zone map of Jharkhand state is presented in Figure 7Error! Reference source not found. The designing of the Infrastructure would be carried out considering the seismic activity.

15 Building Material & Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs, Government of India. 39

Figure 7: Earthquake Hazard Map of Jharkhand

Lightning: Lightning strikes are common along with monsoon and hailstorms, caused by cloud to cloud or cloud to land (hill) collision discharging huge uncontrolled negative energy towards earth. Jharkhand state is affected by the Lightning Hazard. Localized geographical conditions undulating hilly topography, deciduous monsoon jungles, low altitude clouds, rich mineral content etc. contribute to frequent lightning in Jharkhand. Period – June to September during the monsoon, especially in initial and terminal phase of monsoon. Rural areas and Forests with tall trees and water bodies are most vulnerable, urban areas are less vulnerable due to having large number of lightning conductors, a smaller number of tress and water bodies. Jharkhand Building Bye Laws, 2016 makes it mandatory for all G+2 and above building to install lighting conductor/arrestor. Taking this risk into cognizance becomes very important for safety of the workers.

Heat Wave. According to the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) criteria, heat wave is considered only after maximum temperate of a station reaches at least 40° C for plains and at least 30° C for hilly regions. In an around Ranchi their heat wave scenarios have also been reported. Project involves largely outdoor construction work, and the effect of high temperature and heat waves will be severe on workers during summer months. These factors should be duly considered in occupational health and safety plan, which should clearly spell out the measures to minimize this effect on workers and staff. Measures may include altering the work hours, suspending the work during peak temperature time of the day, providing regular water breaks, providing rehydration stations, proper eating and resting places at the work site etc.,

Droughts. From October, with the withdrawal of south-west monsoon, rainwater which have accumulated during monsoon months is utilized. With increasing temperatures during summer these surface water bodies also dries up giving a drought like situation. This aggravated by the falling of water table. The drought hazard is moderate and extreme rainfall is low in the project area.

Climate Risks. The climate of Jharkhand is variable with wetter conditions in the southwest and hotter drier conditions in the northwest and west central regions. Summer, winter and the monsoon season are the three most prominent seasons. The summer season comprises March to June with peak temperatures generally in May whereas winter runs from November to February. The average annual rainfall in the state is 1450–1600mm, which is linked to the South West monsoon season of the state from June to September, which receives about 1200 to 1300mm of rainfall.16 According to the draft Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment (CRVA) conducted for the JUWSIP, Jharkhand has experienced a number of extreme weather events in recent years, including heatwaves (ca. 20 events per year); heavy rainfall (e.g. 338 mm in 24 hours in June 2008), very high temperatures (46.5 °C in June 2010) and occasional very low temperatures (3.2°C in January 2008). Recent trends indicate rising temperatures and an increasing frequency of heatwaves.17 Some of the key climate projections over Jharkhand according to draft CRVA of the project include: (i) Mean temperature in 2050s: Increase in mean temperatures over Jharkhand of 1.5 ºC for RCP 4.5. (ii) Average annual rainfall in 2050s: An increase in annual rainfall by 27%; and (iii) Monsoon rainfall in 2050s: there may significantly increase in rainfall in individual months, the maximum increase within monsoon months is 43%.

D. ECOLOGICAL RESOURCES

12. Protected Areas

The IBAT proximity study indicates that there are no protected areas Key Biodiversity Areas / International Bird Areas (KBA/IBA) within 50 km of the Ranchi Water Supply Intake Arrangement. As per the Asian Water bid Census 2016, 30 species of waterbird have been reported from the Rukka Reservoir with a total count of 2,737 birds. The list of priority species which was generated from IBAT is presented in Appendix 19 A detailed discussion on each of these are presented in the sections below.

13. Flora

Jharkhand has a rich variety of flora and fauna. The flora of the plateau is distinct from the wetter parts of India that surround it and includes several endemic plants. The project site is surrounded by lands which were converted human use (agriculture and habitation) long ago. Rukha reservoir is formed by constructing a dam across Subarnarekha River, and is considered a good habitat as it attracts for local birds for food, water, and shelter. The sites where intake and WTP are proposed is not far from the existing intakes and WTPs, and where there is movement of peoples and vehicles. Rukha reservoir is further surrounded by mostly agricultural lands. These can be considered as “modified habitats’ During the walk through survey of the project site the trees

16 https://imdpune.gov.in/hydrology/rainfall%20variability%20page/jharkhand_final.pdf 17 Various reports, Jharkhand Action Plan on Climate Change. 41

which were recorded included Eucalyptus (Eucalyptus Obliqua), Mango (Mangifera indica), Jack Fruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Su babool (Leucaena leucocephala), sesame (Seasamum Indicum). Neem (Azadirachta Indica) Peepal (Ficus relegosia) etc. Other than trees there are some bushes and grasses in the project site. In the riparian areas the vegetation which has been observed include Semal (Bombax Sebia), Peepal (Ficus relegosia), wad (Ficus Benghalasis)

During the laying of the rising mains, from intake arrangement to water treatment plant, no trees are required to be felled. The pipe will be laid on the DW&SD land within the campus, there will one road crossing which is the internal road of Rukka, the width of the road is approximately 10- 12 ft. However, during the construction phase if any trees required to fell, prior permission from Forest department, GOJ, as described in Table 13 would be obtained and the same will be updated in the final IEE.

14. Fauna

The fauna in the project area of influence, which is primarily the Rukha Reservoir, and the surrounding areas include:

Herpetofauna. From the secondary literature survey18 it can be inferred that mostly two species of amphibians viz. Indian Bullfrog (Hoplobatrachus tigerinus), Indian Toad (Duttaphrynus melanostictus) etc were observed at the project site, these species are least concern (LC) as per IUCN classification.

Plankton and Benthic fauna. The moderately rich plankton community in the Rukha reservoir occasionally produces blooms. The mean density of plankton varies between 129 and 5227 individuals. During the blooms, it may reach 55777 units. Phytoplankton contributes 72.1 to 94.6% to the total plankton in the lotic sector, 70.44 to 94.27% in the intermediate sector and 54.56 to 87.79% in the lentic sector. Diatoms have the maximum species diversity, followed by Chlorophyceae and blue- greens. Desmids and Dinophyceae (Ceratium sp.) are also present. Zooplankton is represented by 12 genera of rotifers, 6 of protozoa, 5 cladocerans and 2 of copepods.

Bottom substrate in the lotic sector is soft and rich in organic matter, comprising decaying vegetation, but during monsoons, silt deposition is reported to blanket the organic matter. Density of benthic organisms is high in the lotic sector, their number attenuating towards the lentic sector. benthic invertebrates varied from 353 to 1693 units m-2 (average 978.4) in the lotic, 75 to 348 units m-2 (average 217.2) in the intermediate and 81 to 168 -2 units m (average 116.8) in the lentic sectors. Oligochaetes (Tubifex, Nais), Diptera (Culiocoides, Dixa, Chironomus, Chaoborus). Anisoptera (Aphylla), Trichoptera (Philopotamus) Coleoptera (Promoresia and molluscs (Corbicula, Pisidium, Goniobasis, Sphaerium and Gyralus, constitute the benthic macrofauna. Rich deposition of periphyton in densities ranging from 690 to 1745 units cm-2 has been reported on artificial substrata provided on experimental basis. This study was done by the ICFRI under All India coordinated project on Reservoir Fisheries from 1975-1976. Disturbance to the aquatic environment, increase in silt content, degradation of water quality can adversely impact these benthic Fauna. Thus, during the construction of the Forebay channel precautions need to be taken to minimize the disturbance and pollution.

18 Fauna of Bihar (including Jharkhand), State Faunal Series, Zoological Survey of India

Avifauna. Asian water bird census (AWC) 201619 was classified in five different categories namely, Water Birds (WB), Wetland Dependent Birds (WDB), Resident Birds (R), Resident migrants (RM) and Migratory Birds (M). List of the wetland birds identified in the Rukha Reservoir is presented in Table 17.

Table 17 : List of the Water birds identified at Rukha Reservoir.

S.no. Common Name Scientific Name Habitat RS WPA, IUCN Census 1972 2016 1 Little Grebe Tachybaptus WB R IV LC 08 ruficollis 2 Great Crested Podiceps cristatu WB M IV LC 50 Grebe 3 Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax WB RM IV LC 70 niger 4 Great Cormorant Phalacocorax WB M IV LC 12 carbo 5 Indian Phalacocorax WB R IV LC 10 Cormorant fuscicollis 6 Little Egret Egretta garzetta WB RM IV LC 10 7 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea WB RM IV LC 01 8 Median Egret Mesophoyx WB RM IV LC 02 intermedia 9 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis WB RM IV LC 15 10 Indian Pond Ardeola grayii WB R IV LC 10 Heron 11 Asian Openbill- Anastomus WB R IV LC 08 Stork oscitans 12 Black Ibis Pseudibis WB R IV LC 04 papillosa 13 Lesser Whistling- Dendrocygna WB R IV LC 1500 Duck javanica 14 Gadwall Anas strepera WB M IV LC 150 15 Red-crested Rhodonessa WB M IV LC 05 Pochard rufina 16 Northern Pintail Anas acuta WB M IV LC 80 17 Tufted Aythya fuligula WB M IV LC 200 Pochard/Duck 18 Brahminy Tadorna WB M IV LC 40 Shelduck ferruginea 19 Little Ringed Charadrius WB M IV LC 01 Plover dubius 20 Common Actitis WB RM IV LC 01 Sandpiper hypoleucos 21 Brown-headed Larus WB RM IV LC 15 Gull brunnicephalus 22 Black-headed Larus ridibundus WB M IV LC 10 Gull

19 The census was conducted on large scale with the support of bird watchers, ornithologists, Indian Bird Conservation network (IBCN) member, The Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS) member. The study was also supported by Jharkhand Biodiversity Board and Forest, Environment and Climate Change department, Govt. of Jharkhand. 43

S.no. Common Name Scientific Name Habitat RS WPA, IUCN Census 1972 2016 23 White-breasted- Halcyon WDB R IV LC 01 Kingfisher smyrnensis 24 Common Hirundo rustica WDB RM NA LC 10 Swallow 25 Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava WDB RM NA LC 01 26 Large Pied Motacilla WDB R NA LC 01 Wagtail maderaspatensis

Fish. During stakeholder consultations with local residents around the reservoir and site visits, fish species at Rukha reservoir were identified as shown in Table 18. The detailed consultation is given in Table 22and Appendix 7.

Table 18 : List of Fish identified at Rukha reservoir.

S.no Common Scientific Name IUCN Photographs Name 1. Rohu Labeo rohita LC Not present during the catch

2 Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigala LC

Kalbose/Kali 3 Labeo Calbasu LC baus

S.no Common Scientific Name IUCN Photographs Name

Snakehead 4 C.Striata LC murrel

Notopterus 5 Pallas LC notopterus

Oreochromis 6 Telpia LC niloticus

Chanda 7 Hamilton-Buchanan LC nama

8 Catla Labeo Catla LC Not present during the catch 45

S.no Common Scientific Name IUCN Photographs Name

Silver Amblypharyngodon 9 LC Carplet melettinus

The other species which have been reported from secondary literature20 include Chela Cachius, , Salmostoma bacaila, S Phulo, Barilus Barila,, Dabio (Brachydnip) rerio, Esomus danricus, Rasbora danricus, Amblypharyngodon mola, Cirrhinus mrigala, C raba, Cyprinus carpio, Garragotyla gotyla, Hypothalmichthys molitrix, l bata, L boggut, L.calbasu, L oyochelius, L. pangasii, Osteobrama cotio cotio, Puntius sarna, P Sophore, P ticto, Lapidocephalichtys guntea, Noemacheilus botia, Ompek bimaculatus, O. pabda, Mystus cavacius, M vittatus vittatus, Clarias batrachus, Heteropneustes fossilis, Rhinomugli corsula, Sicamugli cascasia, Chana gachua, C. punctatus, C striatus, Chanda ranga, Mastocembelus armatus, M. pancalus. These species are of “least concern (LC)” category.

15. Critical Habitat Screening

A desk based critical habitat screening using IBAT21 has been carried out to identify potential presence of species of significant conservation value within the project area of influence in line with IFC PS6 criterion for critical habitat; results are presented in Appendix 8. The species which have been identified in the Asian Water Bird Census for Rukha Reservoir (Table 17) ) were also included in the screening. Results show that there are no known species which would qualify the area as a critical habitat under the set criteria (criterion 1–5, of IFC PS 6).

A. Economy

16. Industry

There are no existing industries near Rukka reservoir. The nearest industry is a wire and cable manufacturing industry, situated in Tatisilwai which is on upstream of the existing intake and approximately 20-22 kms from the Rukka Reservoir.

17. Education, Health and Health Care Facilities

As per the census 2011, in project area at Rukka village there are two pre-primary school and two primary school. Apart from this there is one middle school which is 5-10 kms from the village.

20 Ecology and Fisheries of Freshwater Reservoirs, Rukha Reservoir, Inland Fisheries Research, Information Series 4., March 1984.Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute, Indian Council of Agricultural Research. 21 https://www.ibat-alliance.org

18. Health Infrastructure

As per the census 2011, in the project area at Rukka village, there are community health center and primary health center which are approximately 5-10 km from the village. Besides these there is a maternity and child welfare center within the village area.

B. Municipal infrastructure

1. Water Supply

As per detailed project report (DPR), at present the water is supplied from Rukka reservoir from two intakes having capacity 171.48 MLD & 114 MLD respectively, which are situated near Rukka reservoir. Distribution network does not cover the entire town, hence most of the colonies do not receive municipal water supply. Existing distribution network does not cover the entire town, thus about 55 % area is not covered under the existing scheme. Alternative source of water is groundwater. However, new water supply in different phases is in the pipeline to fulfill the needs of Ranchi town. Under proposed project new intake arrangement is covered to cater the water requirement of Ranchi.

2. Sanitation and sewerage

At present domestic sewage is being disposed in septic tanks where the final discharge point is into a natural drain or open land etc. However, sewerage project for Ranchi city is already being planned, through the Ranchi Municipal Corporation.

3. Water and Sanitation Condition in Downstream Areas

The water and sanitation conditions in the villages downstream of Rukha reservoir was reviewed from the District Census Handbook 2011to understand the dependence of the three villages presented in the below table on the river and the impact of water abstraction on these villages. The water supply and sanitation conditions are presented in Table 19

Table 19 : Availability of Water Sources in The Downstream Villages

Village Availability of Drinking Water Name Tap Well Water Han Tube Spri River/Ca Tank/Pond/ Othe Water (Covered/Uncov d Wells/B ng nal Lake rs (Treate ered) Pum ore Well d/ p Untreat ed) Agartoli No Yes Yes No No Yes No No Ladhup No Yes Yes No No Yes No No ota Getalsu No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No d 47

C. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HERITAGE

1. Population and Demographics

As per the Census of India, 2011 the average literacy rate of Ranchi city was 87.370%, which is 91.67% in males and 82.72 % in Females. Table 20 provides the Summary of Population as per census 2011 of Ranchi.

Table 20 :Summary of Population as Per Census 2011

No. Particulars Details 1 No. of Household 207, 636 2 Geographical Area 17512.94 hectare 3 Total Population 1, 073, 427 4 Total Population (Male) 558, 872 5 Total Population (Female) 514, 555 6 Total Literates 827, 033 7 Total Literate (Male) 451, 069 8 Total Literate (Female) 375, 964

2. Cultural Heritage

There is no archeological site of national or state level importance around the intake site.

3. Physical Cultural Properties

There are no physical cultural properties along the Raw Water rising main of the Intake location.

D. Environmental Settings of Investment Program Component Sites

Subproject components of the Raw Water Intake are located at the Rukha Reservoir and in its immediate surroundings. Given that an area has been earmarked in the Draft master Plan for Ranchi City 2037 for WTP there is not much development in the area. This area/campus is under the possession of DW&SD, GOJ thus all development within the area demarcated is regulated. There is some agricultural land in the vicinity but most of the areas adjoining it have been urbanized. There are no natural areas left these areas and they have been converted to anthropogenic uses. All the sub-components of the intake arrangements are on government- owned land. The land requirement and the issues related to involuntary land acquisition and related issues are dealt separately in the Social Assessment Reports. The construction works will not entail any involuntary resettlement impact as the proposed land is unused vacant plot free from any encumbrances accordingly due diligence report (DDR)) has been prepared reviewing the IR impacts.

Site environmental features of all subproject sites and photographs are presented in the following Table 21 . Geographical position coordinates of all project sites are given in Appendix 9.

Table 21 :Environmental Features of Prominent Sites

S. Subproject Environmental Features of the Site Photographs No component 1 Intake Arrangement at Getalsud dam /Rukha reservoir is located on latitude 23°27.3’N Getalsud Dam / Rukha and longitude 85°33.5’E across Subernarekha river near Reservoir (forebay Getalsud village, 40 km east of Ranchi in Ranchi district of Channel, Sump and Jharkhand, and the dam is owned by Water Resource Pumphouse) Department, GOJ. The impoundment came into existence in 23°26’49” N 1971 when construction of the dam was completed. The 85°28’30” E objective of the dam is supplying water to the Ranchi town, supplying water to Sikidri hydropower plant, and regulating the flow in the river Subernarekha for use at Jamshedpur. The catchment area of the dam is 716.80 km2. The river depends upon rainy season and groundwater seepage. The live storage of the dam is 231.89 MCM, while dead storage is 56.74 MCM and the gross storage of the dam is 288.63 MCM. Presently, there are two intake wells in the dam to cater the demand of Ranchi city. The first intake well of 171 MLD which was commissioned in the year 1971 and the second intake well of 114 MLD, commissioned in 2018. Due to the wear and tear the civil structure and machinery DW&SD had decided to decommission the 171 MLD intake well. It is planned to construct a new intake arrangement on the shore of the river, at Getalsud dam. This will cater the water requirement till ultimate year 2050. In this regard a site has been identified and proposed for the construction of sump, pumping station and a forebay channel inside the Reservoir. The site selection was done on the basis of Bathymetry study in 2020. The proposed pumping station is located at the shore of the reservoir. The proposed land is clear and open site under the ownership of Drinking water and Sanitation Department, GOJ. The NOC for the land is under process with DW&SD and the required plot dimension is 70 m x 70 m for the construction of pumping station and sump. No tree felling is required for the construction, an approach road access road to reservoir at the proposed intake site will be constructed which is approximately 150 m in length. There is no forest land in the construction area. The proposed site is approximately 4.1 km from NH 33. The existing WTP-171 MLD is approximately 230 m and WTP-114

S. Subproject Environmental Features of the Site Photographs No component MLD is approximately 270 m from the proposed site. The 114 MLD intake well is approximately 650 m from the proposed site. During the site visit it was also confirmed by the local people that the land remains vacant and there are no agricultural activities in in the identified area. There are some DW&SD quarters are approximately 300-400 m from the proposed site. Most of the quarters are vacant. 2 Raw water pipeline The length of the Raw water pipe alignment from sump & alignment pumping station to WTP is 350 m of 1900 mm dia mild steel (MS). No tree felling is required for the laying of pipeline. There is one road crossing i.e., Blacktop road of Rukka village. The road is owned by DW&SD, NOC from the line department is required before the construction activity. The width of the road is 3 m and trenchless method will be applied for crossing the road, pipe casing will be done to avoid any damage to pipelines. The casing is provided for safety purposes.

VI. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

A. Introduction

Potential environmental impacts of the proposed infrastructure components are presented in this section. Mitigation measures to minimize/mitigate negative impacts, if any, are recommended Potential environmental impacts are categorized into four categories considering subproject phases: location impacts and design impacts (pre-construction phase), construction phase impacts and operations and maintenance phase impacts.

Location impacts include impacts associated with site selection and include loss of on-site biophysical array and encroachment either directly or indirectly on adjacent environments. It also includes impacts on people who will lose their livelihood or any other structures by the development of that site. Design impacts include impacts arising from investment program design, including technology used, scale of operation/throughput, waste production, discharge specifications, pollution sources and ancillary services. Construction impacts include impacts caused by site clearing, earthworks, machinery, vehicles, and workers. Construction site impacts include erosion, dust, noise, traffic congestion and waste production; and Operations and Maintenance impacts include impacts arising from the operation and maintenance activities of the infrastructure facility. These include routine management of operational waste streams, and occupational health and safety issues.

Given that most of the impacts are straight forward and direct, logical analysis and expert judgement have been used to identify and assess the impacts. Assessment of environmental impacts has been based on factors like magnitude of Impact, duration of Impact and sensitivity of the receptors..

A. Project Benefits.

This water intake subproject together with the water supply subproject that provides treatment, transmission and distribution infrastructure being implemented under this ADB funded JUWSIP will improve water supply in Ranchi City. The citizens of the Ranchi Municipal Corporation area will be the major beneficiaries of the improved water supply systems, as they will be provided with a constant supply of better-quality water, piped into their homes at an appropriate pressure. This should improve the environment, should deliver major improvements in individual and community health and well-being. The project will improve the over-all health condition of the town as water borne diseases will be reduced. Diseases of poor sanitation, such as diarrhea and dysentery, should be reduced, so people should spend less on healthcare and lose fewer working days due to illness, so their economic status should also improve, as well as their overall health. The present abstraction of ground water by citizens to meet the daily requirement would stop leading to conservation of the groundwater resources.

B. Design Impacts

Source Sustainability Ranchi presently sources water from: Rukha Reservoir (285 MLD), Kanke Reservoir (19.5 MLD), and Hatia Dam (56.83 MLD). Projected water demand of the city is 403 MLD in intermediate design year (2035) and 556 MLD in ultimate design year (2050). Based on the availability of water, it is proposed to abstract additional water from Rukha Reservoir. Rukha Reservoir is formed by construction of Getalsud dam across Subarnarekha River. To meet the intermediate year demand, abstraction from Rukha Reservoir will be increased from the present 285 MLD to 325 MLD, and ultimately to 480 MLD, an overall increase of 195 MLD. Rukha Reservoir has live storage capacity of 231.89 million cubic meter (MCM) (gross storage is 288.63, and dead storage is 56.74MCM). Per the detailed project report (DPR), Subarnarekha

River has high flow during the three monsoon months, during which water requirement will be directly met from river flow, and accordingly the DPR considered the water abstraction from reservoir for a duration of nine months per year only (270 days annually). Therefore, the total annual abstraction from the Rukha reservoir to meet the additional demand of 195 MLD will be 52.6 MCM. Of the total live storage of 231.89 MCM, and as per the information from the reservoir authorities, the present total water allocation, including for existing Ranchi water supply, is 145 MCM. The unallocated storage is about 87 MCM, and this is adequate to meet the additional demand of 52.6 MCM. Application for water allocation is already submitted to concerned authority, and it is currently in process. Contract will not be awarded until water allocation is obtained for the project. Given the proposed volume of water abstraction that is well within the available water resource, and that the water will be abstracted only after due allocation, no negative impacts or water conflicts envisaged. Thus, 33.03 MCM of water would be available in addition to the Dead Storage 56.74 MCM for propagation of fishes and maintaining water in the Rukha Reservoir.

JUDICO should follow up with the WRD and obtain water allocation. Not works shall be initiated until the water allocation is obtained. Flow meter shall be installed at the intake to measures the water abstraction, and records shall be maintained.

2. Design of the Proposed Components

The Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) manual suggests a design period of 15/30 years in general while designing the systems for Intake arrangement and its components. It is proposed to consider 2050 as the design year for all the components in order to maintain unanimity in the design period and design population. Accordingly, 2020 shall be the base year and 2035 the intermediate year to cross check the designs pertaining to intermediate demand. The rate of water supply has been taken as 135 LPCD for 100% population. Technical design of all the elements of Intake arrangement (pumps, pipelines etc.), follows the relevant national planning and design guidelines. While the Civil structure would be developed for the ultimate year the pumps and other machinery would cater to the intermediate year.

Following environmental considerations are already included in the project to avoid and/or minimize adverse impacts and enhance positive benefits:

(i) The water requirement for the entire population of Ranchi city has been considered from the Rukha Reservoir. This would reduce the dependence of the population on groundwater resources; The pressure on groundwater resources would reduce. (ii) Design of water supply system to deliver quality of water at consumer end complying with Indian drinking water standards (IS 10500-2012) (iii) Locating components and facilities appropriately by avoiding sensitive locations like forests (iv) Use of design mechanisms to reduce entrapment of the fish and aquatic life. (v) Using low-noise and energy efficient pumping systems (vi) No usage of asbestos containing materials in the project. (vii) Designs of project component structures complying with relevant codes of design such as Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) specifications for earthquake resistant design (IS: 1893: Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures). (viii) For the water quantity, a flow meter should be included in the design to ensure that the water abstraction from reservoir is limited to approved quantity (ix) Provision of appropriate personal protection equipment to the workers and staff.

The technical design of the intake arrangement and rising mains follows the standards and guidance specified in CPHEEO. The CPHEEO suggests a design period of 30 years in designing the civil components. It is proposed to consider 2050 as the ultimate design year for all the components to maintain unanimity in the design period and design population. Accordingly, 2020

shall be the base year and 2035 the intermediate year to cross check the designs pertaining to intermediate demand. The rate of water supply has been taken as 150 LPCD for 100% population. The Manual also recommends water demands for institutional, industrial, commercial, and floating areas on per capita basis and a safety factor standard of 10% on the residential demand has to be considered, which is the prevailing practice adopted in most cities in India.

3. Design of Intake Arrangement

The intake has been designed to ensure that there is enough water in the reservoir to ensure propagation of the aquatic life. At the entrance of the sump a trash rack is proposed with perforated screen of 6 mm dia, in the forebay channel. This arrangement would create obstacle for the suspended material and aquatic organism, entering into the sump. However, during the IEE it was discussed that the design proposed may not be sufficient to stop fingerlings and juveniles from getting trapped in the intake arrangement. To prevent any negative impact on the aquatic life, appropriate measures such as the following shall be implemented:

(i) During design verification and finalization the intake arrangement fish guards’ arrangement will be reviewed and upgraded with appropriate screen to avoid entry of aquatic organisms into inlet.

4. Turbidity at Intake Arrangement

The intake consists of three elements i) Forebay channel, ii) Pumping arrangement and iii) raw water rising mains. A Forebay Channel of 950 m length is proposed to be constructed There are two intake arrangement at present near the proposed intake i) 171 MLD plant intake and ii) intake for 114 MLD PPP mode plant. The proposed intake under this project is 650 m from the 114 MLD intake and approximately 900 m from the 121 MLD intake. The physical separation between the intakes would prevent formation of eddies., Thus the eddies would be reduced which would also control turbidity in the reservoir. Additionally, silt trap is proposed to capture the fine silts which ultimately drain from the underneath channel provided in the silt trap back into the reservoir by gravity. The width of the silt trap is 1.5 meter and water will flow down towards the reservoir through retaining weir.

At the entrance of the sump a trash rack is proposed with perforated screen of 6 mm dia, in the forebay channel, to create obstacle for the suspended material and aquatic organism, entering into the sump. A mud pump of 7.5 HP is proposed to flush out the unwanted material which may accumulate in the trash rack. The above design intervention would reduce the silt content in the raw water and thus reduce sludge generation from the WTP.

5. Power Supply to the Intake Arrangement

Power supply for operation of intake and pumping station will be sourced from nearest power supply grid of Jharkhand Bidyut Vitaran Nigam Limited (JBVNL), the power distribution utility of government of Jharkhand. Estimated daily power requirement is 17,227 kilowatt-hours. A power substation will be constructed at the near the pumping station within the land parcel of DW&SD earmarked for WTP. At present JBVNL provides power supply to existing intake and WTPs from its nearest grid substation at Irba, about 1 km away from the proposed site. Based on the availability, the source will be selected by JBVNL. Contractor will firm up the power requirement once the detailed design is finalized and will make application to JBVNL. JBVNL will approve, design, and construct the necessary infrastructure, the cost will be borne by the project. Given the proximity of power supply grid (1km), and existing transmission lines running in the same

alignment, no significant impact anticipated. As the power supply line will run close to the reservoir, considering the presence of such of water birds in Rukka Reservoir, insulated cable and insulated caps have been proposed for the transmission line. This would reduce the risks to the water birds. .

6. Procurement of Transformers

The Government of India has promulgated the Regulation of Polychlorinated Biphenyls Order 2016, by which all transformers and equipment containing chlorinated biphenyls have to be discarded before 31 December 2025. The transformer oil containing chlorinated bi-phenyl and any equipment containing the same would be treated as hazardous waste on 31 December 2025. To prevent any such incidence of disposal of transformers at the end of 2025 the following measures are suggested.

(i) Electrical transformers and equipment containing PCBs shall not be procured / used in the subproject. PMU shall ensure that the specification for procurement of transformers and equipment should confirm to this provision.

C. Location Impacts

1. Intake at Rukha Reservoir

The site selection was done on the basis of Bathymetry study conducted in 2020. The location of the proposed intake was identified taking into consideration an additional depth of water of 2-3 m over the adjoining areas. This would translate into additional water being present in the intake beyond 2050. The sump and the pumping arrangements have been located adjacent to the reservoir. The excavation of the sump would result in huge quantities of debris being excavates. Runoff from the storage of the debris near the reservoir before reuse can result in impact of the water quality of the reservoir and also on the phytoplankton and benthic flora and fauna. Similarly discharge of any sediment laden wastewater from the sump or forebay channel during the construction or improper decommissioning of the construction area would have similar impacts such as increasing turbidity of the water in the reservoir and thereby affecting primary productivity of planktons. To prevent any negative impact on the aquatic life, appropriate measures like the following shall be implemented:

Select a construction methodology that is least disturbing, and appropriate for the in-situ soil condition, and able to complete the construction work prior to onset of monsoon. Schedule the construction works during low water level period–late winter months to pre monsoon (February–June/July); ensure that works are completed during the same period to prior to onset of monsoon. Erect silt fences to form enclosed construction area with least disturbance. Seepage water in sump or water accumulated in the excavation of forebay channel should be allowed adequate time to settle the suspended solids prior to pumping out water; only clear/clarified water shall be pumped back into the reservoir; any silt laden water should be pumped to a temporary settling tank. Avoid/minimize use of fuels, chemicals, and lubricants; ensure no spillage. Clear the work site after completion at least to pre project conditions, ensure that there are no materials, debris, spills etc., and prior to removal of temporary barriers/coffer dam; and Implement work site safety at works in water body.

2. Physical Cultural Resources - chance finds.

Since all the sub-components are located within the area controlled by DW&SD, GOJ the there are no physical cultural properties in the project area. As indicated earlier there are no archeological sites along the alignment or in the vicinity of the project infrastructure. Since excavation would be carried out for the development of the infrastructure there are possibilities of chance finds

Construction contractors therefore should follow the below measures in conducting any excavation work:

Create awareness among the workers, supervisors and engineers about the chance finds during excavation work. Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected; and Inform local Archeological Department if a find is suspected and take any action, they require to ensure its removal or protection in situ.

3. Tree cutting at project sites.

As per the preliminary design no tree felling is required for the Ranchi intake arrangement. However, during the design verification and finalization by contractor if any need for tree felling is identified appropriate actions will be initiated. Before any felling is carried out permission of the Forest Department would be obtained. The Final IEE would also reflect the number of trees to be felled and the species, girth size etc. Based on the environmental setting of the subproject area, there are no environmental sensitive area along the corridor which would be impacted. Thus, due to siting of the project components no environmental impacts associated with tree felling is identified at this present moment.

Following measures need to be implemented to minimize and/or compensate for the loss of tree cover.

Obtain prior permission of the Forest Department for tree cutting as per the detailed design; and (i) Plant and maintain 10 trees for each tree that is removed.

4. Critical Habitat Screening.

There are no Protected areas or Key Bio-diversity areas / International Bird Areas in and around the project site. Most of the areas have already been disturbed and considered modified habitat It may me noted that the 171 MLD WTP was constructed at this location in 1971.

A critical habitat screening study (desk-based) has been carried out for potential presence of Critical Habitat Candidate. The Screening Study for identification of the critical habitat criterion species indicates that within the area of analysis (AOA) there are no known species which would qualify the area as candidate critical habitat species under the set criteria (criterion 1–5).of the IFC Performance Standards.

D. Pre-construction Impacts

Utilities. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, clear water pipelines within the proposed project locations may require to be shifted in few cases. To mitigate the adverse impacts due to relocation of the utilities, the contractor, in collaboration with RMC will:

(i) identify the locations and operators of these utilities to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase; and

(ii) instruct construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services. (iii) In case of crossing of the clear water pipelines from the existing WTP to the Ranchi City, all excavations have to be carefully carried out, possibility of horizontally directional drilling would also be looked into during the detailed design.

Site selection of construction work camps, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas. Priority is to locate these near the project location. However, if it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and drinking water supply systems. Residential areas will not be considered for setting up construction camps to protect the human environment (i.e., to curb accident risks, health risks due to air and water pollution and dust and noise and to prevent social conflicts, shortages of amenities and crime). Extreme care will be taken to avoid disposals near forest areas, water bodies, swamps or in areas which will inconvenience the community. Construction sites will be selected by contractor in compliance with these conditions and the same will be reflected in Site Environmental Management Plan (SEMP) which is to be prepared by contractor prior to start of construction and approved by PIU.

Site selection of sources of materials. Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution. To mitigate the potential environmental impacts, locations of quarry site/s and borrow pit/s (for loose material other than stones) would be assessed by PIU. Priority would be sites already permitted by Mines and Geology Department. If new sites are necessary, these would be located away from population centers, drinking water intakes and streams, cultivable lands, and natural drainage systems, and in structurally stable areas. It will be the construction contractor’s responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of Department of Mines & Geology and local revenue administration. If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, then the construction contractor shall use the mentioned criteria to select new quarry sites, with written approval of PIU. Contractor will identify sources of water for construction purposes and obtain necessary permissions as required, and approval of PIU before the use. Details of material sources and water sources will be provided in SEMP.

5. Presence of Asbestos Containing Material

As indicated by DW&SD all existing pipes are DI or MS, it is unlikely that ACM pipes were used in the past. However, as a precautionary principle the contractor should conduct a survey during design verification and finalization stage for the presence of asbestos cement pipes, or any asbestos containing material prior to any project activity on site maps and GIS system. There may be chance find of asbestos in the project site.

Considering, the health risks associated with asbestos cement pipes, and other asbestos containing material there is a requirement to develop Standard Operating procedures This should be based on the approach recommended by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA), and other such similar procedures.

(i) All asbestos containing pipes and material should be left in situ (untouched) and new pipes should be laid next to any existing pipes. During the detailed design of the rising mains, and prior to civil works, in consultation with DW&SD, the contractor to prepare detailed construction drawings/ site / GIS map showing the alignment of asbestos cement pipes. (ii) The procedure should involve.

(iii) Training of all personnel (including manual laborers) to enable them to understand the dangers of asbestos cement pipes and to be able to recognize them in situ. (iv) Reporting procedures to inform PIU immediately if asbestos cement pipes are encountered. (v) Development and application of a detailed health and safety procedure in the occurrence of accidental release of asbestos cement fibers to protect both workers and citizens. This should comply with national and international standards for dealing with asbestos and should include: (a) removal of all persons to a safe distance; (b) usage of appropriate breathing apparatus and protective equipment by persons delegated to deal with the asbestos cement material; and (c) Procedures for the safe removal and long-term disposal of all asbestos- containing material encountered.

6. Permits and Consent.

The permits and consents required for the project have been described in Table 13. The PIU/PMU should ensure that these are in place before any construction activities are initiated on site.

E. Construction Impacts

The civil works for the subproject includes construction of intake, sump, and pump house. These works will be confined to the site at Rukha controlled by DW&SD, and construction will include general activities like site clearance, excavation for foundations, and creation of concrete structures will be one of the major construction activities for this project. Most such structures will be constructed from reinforced concrete, where steel reinforcing rods and bars are placed and attached by hand to create an interior skeleton for the foundations, walls, columns, plinths, etc., and heavy-duty metal and timber/plywood formwork is bolted around the outside to build a mound into which pre-mixed concrete is poured. Once the concrete has set, the formwork is removed, and the concrete surface is finished by masons by hand if necessary. Some buildings, such as the pump station, facilities, etc., may be constructed from brick work, in which case this work will be done using standard house-building techniques. Some components of the pump house may comprise prefabricated elements which will be are installed on site as ready-made individual units. These will be directly brought from the manufacturers place to the sites lifted into position by crane, affixed to plinths or other installation points, and connected up to pipework and the electricity supply. Since these works are confined to the boundary of identified work site, there is no direct or significant interference of construction work with the surrounding land use. However, construction dust, noise, use of local roads for transportation of construction material, waste, labour camps etc., will have negative impacts, which needs to be avoided or mitigated properly.

The Forebay channel of the intake will be constructed In Rukha reservoir. An enclosed area will be created using a temporary coffer dam at the selected site using barriers/sheet piles and the water will be pumped out to make the area dry for construction. The excavated earth from the sump packed in gunny bags would be placed against these sheet pile to make the structure impervious. Once this is created, the rest of the construction will follow the general construction procedures to create an intake of required size. Once the work is over and site is cleared, the coffer dam will be removed.

Raw water rising mains has been proposed from intake well to proposed 213 MLD WTP (constructed under JUWSIP 01). The length of the raw water main is approximately 350 m from the proposed intake location. The raw water rising mains consist of DI-K9 1900 mm dia. The alignment of this alignment is through the vacant land within the DW&SD complex at Rukha.

As per the bid conditions, the pipes would be laid using open trenches Trenchless method may be used for crossing clear water pipelines from the existing WTP. Trenches deeper than 1.5 m will be protected by shoring/bracings to avoid collapse of trenches, and also to avoid any risk to surrounding buildings. Once they are laid, pipes will be joined as per specification and then tested for any cracks of leakages. The minimum working hours will be 8 hours daily, the total duration of each stage depends on the soil condition and other local features. Extraneous soil after backfilling of trenches shall be used for filling low lying area or stored/ dumped in approved debris disposal sites.

Although construction of these project components involves quite simple techniques of civil work, the invasive nature of excavation and the project locations in the built-up areas of the town where there are a variety of human activities, will result in impacts. However, in case of the intake and associated pipe works all activities are limited to the area under DW&SD. Thus, the intensity of impact is less. Although these anticipated impacts are of lesser intensity, temporary and for short duration, require proper mitigation measures to limit the impacts to acceptable levels. Physical impacts will be reduced by the method of working and scheduling of work. Likely impacts of construction phase, and appropriate mitigation measures are discussed below:

1. Sourcing of Materials

Significant amount of gravel, sand, coarse aggregate, and cement will be required for this project. The construction contractor will be required to:

• Use material sources permitted by government only. • Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of PIU; and • Submit to PIU monthly documentation of sources of materials. If contractor is purchasing ready mix concrete, asphalt/macadam, and aggregates from third party, contractor will assure that all the parties/ suppliers are having CTE/CTO from JSPCB and will collect the copy of these certificates and submit to PIU/consultants.

2. Work near Forest Areas/Protected Areas

As indicated earlier, there are no forests or protected area e.g., National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary etc., in the vicinity of the nay of the project location.

3. Air Quality

Emissions from construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery used for excavation and construction will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction sites and downwind from the construction site. Anticipated impacts include dust and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons. These however will be temporary limiting to construction activities only. To mitigate the impacts, construction contractors will be required to:

• Plan the work sites properly, and demarcate the sites for stockpiling of, soils, gravel, and other construction materials away from the traffic, vehicle, general worker movement to avoid disturbance of loose materials. • Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled material on site by water sprinkling. • Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks. • Clean wheels and undercarriage of haul trucks prior to leaving construction site. • Don't allow access in the work area except workers to limit soil disturbance and prevent access by barricading and security personnel.

• Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices and ensure they are in proper conditions so that the equipment complies to the pollution control requirements. Contractor’s vehicles and equipment should compulsorily have Pollution Under Control (PUC) and submit to PIU before deployment at site. • Obtain, CTE and CTO for batching plant, hot mix plant, crushers and Diesel Generator set etc. if specifically established for this project. • If contractor procures any material (such as ready-mix concrete, asphalt/macadam, aggregates etc.), from third party agencies, contractor shall ensure that such agencies have all necessary clearances/permissions as required under the law; these include CTE/CTO from JSPCB, environmental clearance, etc.; contractor shall collect the copy of these certificates and submit to PIU; PIU will approve the source only after all the certificates are submitted; and` • Conduct air quality monitoring according to the EMP.

4. Surface Water Quality

Run-off from stockpiled materials, construction wastewater, construction camps and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants can contaminate downstream surface water quality of the streams. These potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only. However, to ensure that these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

• Avoid excavation working during rains. • Prepare and implement a spoils management plan (Appendix 10). • Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets. • Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed, consult with PIU on designated disposal areas. • Inspect all the drainage at construction site/construction camp/labor camp etc. and clear all the drainage lines so that no water stagnation/flooding may occur during heavy rainfall. • As for a possible avoid trench works and excavation works (pipe laying) during monsoon season to avoid any water logging and accident due to it. • If open trenches are not avoidable during monsoon, keep ready all the mitigations measure to avoid waterlogging such as dewatering pumps and sufficient pipes, traffic assistance, barricades etc. • Inspect and verify all the emergency measures and emergency control system before start of monsoon, keep the emergency response committee on high alert during monsoon/heavy rain fall. • Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies. • Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies. A temporary secured hazardous material handling and waste storage area should be provided at pumphouse. site As part of a design feature, a permanent secured (‘bunded’) impermeable surface and dykes capable of carrying 110% volume of materials for accidental spills or leakage should be constructed and maintained • Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities as per the guidance presented in Appendix 21 Guidelines for Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste Municipal Solid Waste and Construction and Demolition Waste; and • Conduct surface quality inspection and monitoring according to the EMP.

5. Surface Water Quality - Forebay channel at Rukha

Construction works in the reservoir may lead degradation of water quality due to increase in turbidity and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricant used in construction work. Increase in silt content and water turbidity, chemical quality can affect the aquatic life, silting/chocking of spill ways/canals etc. Though there are no critically endangered aquatic life, to ensure that any negative impacts are mitigation, the following measures shall be implemented:

• Select a construction methodology that is least disturbing, and appropriate for the in-situ soil condition, and able to complete the construction work prior to onset of monsoon. • Schedule the construction works during low water level period – late winter months to pre monsoon (February–June/July); ensure that works are completed during the same period to prior to onset of monsoon. • Erect coffer dam to form enclosed construction area with least disturbance. • Develop a settling tank of adequate capacity, allow adequate time to settle the distributed solids to prior to pumping out water; only clear/clarified water shall be pumped back into the reservoir; any silt laden water should be pumped to a silt pond. • Avoid/minimize use of fuels, chemicals, and lubricants; ensure no spillage. • Clear the work site after completion at least to pre project conditions, ensure that there are no materials, debris, spills etc., and prior to removal of temporary barriers/coffer dam; and • Implement work site safety at works in water bodies. • Impervious material or clayey soil in gunny bags to be used. • Outer area of coffer dam should be covered with thick plastic sheets to minimize the turbidity. • Avoid discharge of turbid water directly to the reservoir. • Inspection and maintenance of disturbed area where mobilization and barrier installation occur for sediment control measures. • Barrier structures are of sufficient height to prevent waves or overflows from flooding in the enclosed area.

6. Noise and Vibration Levels

Construction works will be conducted at the site controlled by DW&SD. The residential quarters of DW&SD are approximately 300 m from the site. There are houses and a school in the nearby village located approximately distance 450 m from the site. Increase in noise level may be caused by excavation, particularly breaking bitumen road for laying of pipeline along the access road, operation of construction equipment like concrete mixers, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. Vibration generated from construction activity, for instance from the use of pneumatic drills, will have no notable impact as the nearby buildings located at more than 300 m. This impact is negative but short-term, and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

• Plan activities in consultation with PIU so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance. • Horns should not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle’s approach. • As far as possible use new construction machineries and keep all the old machineries in good and maintained state. • Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and use portable street barriers to minimize sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and • Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s. • Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity. • Conduct Noise monitoring according to the EMP.

7. Landscape and Aesthetics

The preliminary design does not envisage cutting of trees. the construction works will produce excess excavated earth, excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar

60 items. Haphazard disposal of these will have negative impacts on landscape and overall aesthetics. These impacts are negative but are of short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

• Presently there is no requirement for tree felling. However, during the final design a need arises Take all the efforts to reduce number of trees cutting by amending design.; no trees or vegetation should be removed/cleared outside the actual construction work area. • Compensatory plantation (if trees are cut) in the ratio of 1:10 is required to increase landscape and aesthetics. Of the sites where tree cutting has been done. Only local variety of trees which are beneficial to the community and do not deplete the groundwater should be planted. • Prepare and implement spoils management plan. • Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils. Follow the spoils management plan presented in Appendix 10.: Sample Outline Spoils (Construction Waste) Management Plan • Coordinate with RMC for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas. • Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites. • Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling, and disposal to designated areas. Implement the specific guidance provided in Appendix 21 Guidelines for Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste Municipal Solid Waste and Construction and Demolition Waste • Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures which are no longer required; and • Request PIU to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

8. Accessibility

Excavation along the road connecting Rukha village is envisaged, hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems. Potential impact is negative but short term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

• Prepare and implement a traffic management plan (TMP) - Appendix 11. • Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites. • Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours. • Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion. • Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions. • Drive vehicles in a considerate manner. • Coordinate with traffic police/ National Highway for temporary road diversions/ crossing and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and • Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. • Provide pedestrian access in all the locations until normalcy is restored. Provide wooden/metal planks over the open trenches at each house to maintain the access.

9. Socio-Economic–Income

The project components will be located in government land and there is no requirement for land acquisition or any resettlement. Construction works will impede the access of residents to specific site in limited cases. Works sites are located outside the town., However, the road is used as access road by nearby village (Rukha) people. The potential impacts are negative and moderate but short-term and temporary. The construction contractor will be required to:

Prepare and implement spoils management plan (SMP) - Appendix 10; ensure that there is no unnecessary obstruction due to soil, debris on the site. Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across for people and vehicles. Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. 10. Socio-Economic – Employment

Manpower will be required during the 36 -months construction stage. This can result in generation of temporary employment and increase in local revenue. Thus, potential impact is positive and long-term. The construction contractor will be required to employ local labor force or to the maximum extent possible.

11. Occupational Health and Safety

Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards which can arise from working in height and excavation works. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

Comply with all national, state, and local labor laws (see Appendix 12). Following best practice health and safety guidelines: IFC’s General EHS Guidelines, WHO Interim Guidance (and its updates) on Water, Sanitation, Hygiene and Waste management for the COVID19 virus (Appendix 13: Standard Operating Procedure Amidst COVID-19 Pandemic), and Sector Specific (Water and Sanitation) Guidelines. Considering the epidemic situation, the following guidelines should be followed: these are indicative, and contractor should follow the up-to-date guidelines, advisories, rules, and regulations issues by relevant government authorities:

(i) Comply with all national, state and local labor laws (see Appendix 10). (ii) Following best practice health and safety guidelines: IFC’s General EHS Guidelines, WHO Interim Guidance (and its updates) on Water, Sanitation, Hygiene and Waste management for the COVID19 virus (Appendix 20), and Sector Specific (Water and Sanitation) Guidelines22. (iii) Considering the epidemic situation the following guidelines should be followed:

(iv) Mandatory thermal scanning of everyone entering and exiting a construction site area. (v) Provision for hand wash & sanitizer (touch free recommended) will be made at all entry and exit points and common areas. Everyone will be required to wash & sanitize his/her hands before entering the site. Same procedure to be followed after exiting the premise. (vi) All workers may be advised to take care of their own health and look out for respiratory symptoms/fever and, if feeling unwell, should leave the workplace immediately after informing their reporting officers. (vii) They should observe home-quarantine as per the guidelines issued by MoHFW and should immediately inform the nearest health centre. (viii) Everyone entering the site area should mandatorily wear a face mask and hand gloves, detail guidelines provided in Appendix 13. (ix) Regular safety protocols defined by national / state/ international agency or communicable diseases/ pandemic shall be followed.

22 https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/83217cd8-b9a5-4383-97b5- 5af26182b3b8/2007+Water+and+Sanitation.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=m3CdtQr

(x) Develop and implement site-specific occupational health and safety (OHS) plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment; (c) OHS Training for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents. (xi) Conduct work in confine spaces, trenches, and at height with suitable precautions and using standards and safe construction methods; do not adopt adhoc methods; all trenches deeper than 1.5 m shall be provided with safety shoring/braces; and avoid open cutting method for trenches deeper than 3.5 m by adopting trenchless technology. (xii) Ensure that qualified first aid is provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site. (xiii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers. (xiv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; and (xv) The project area experiences extreme temperature during summer months of April and May, which may affect the health of workers engaged in construction work. Contractor should take necessary measures during summers including the following: (xvi) Work schedule should be adjusted to avoid peak temperature hours (12 -3 PM). (xvii) Provide appropriate shade near the workplace; allow periodic resting and provide adequate water; and (xviii) Provide necessary medicine and facilities to take care of dehydration related health issues. (xix) Provide supplies of potable drinking water. (xx) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances. (xxi) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers. (xxii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted. (xxiii) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas. (xxiv) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms. (xxv) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate. (xxvi) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively. (xxvii) Conduct regular health check-ups for workers. (xxviii) Provide periodical awareness camps and special trainings for workers for health issues and risks in construction sites; and (xxix) During working in River, workers should be made aware of risks of water depth, currents and dangerous areas of water should be properly marked by fix or floating barricades and signage of danger. Workers should also be made aware for protection of biodiversity of the water and fishing should be strictly prohibited. A boat should be made available at site for transport of labour and materials and should be well maintained for any emergency condition. Workers should not be allowed to dip or bath

in water of dam. Suitable working platform should be provided during construction works in water. (xxx) Develop and implement site-specific occupational health and safety (OHS) Plan which shall include measures such as: (a) safe and documented construction procedures to be followed for all site activities; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment; (c) OHS Training for all site personnel, (d) excluding public from the work sites; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents; Follow international standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines; (xxxi) Ladder and scaffolding used should conform to the provisions of IS 3696 Part I (Scaffolds) Part II (Ladders) (xxxii) Workers should be provided with Personnel Protective equipment e.g., safety helmet (IS 2925), footwear (ISO 20345: 2004 Part-2), rubber gloves (IS 4770: 1991). (xxxiii) Provide safety helmets, clothing and gumboots for all personnel including the Engineer’s Representative and each of his staff and any authorized visitors to the site;

The retaining structure of cofferdam should be made up of good material and of adequate strength. Provide with adequate means for worker to reach safety in the event of an inrush of water or material. The construction, positioning, modification and dismantling of cofferdam shall take place only under the immediate supervision of competent person. Cofferdam shall be inspected by a competent person at regular interval for structural failures.

12. Community Health and Safety

Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-pedestrian areas may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

• Confine work areas: prevent public access to all areas where construction works are ongoing using hard barricading and security personnel. • Provide warning signs, blinkers to the barricading to caution the public about the hazards associated with the works, and presence of deep excavation. • Do not allow any stagnant water during rains at site to prevent mosquito breeding. • Control dust pollution – implement dust control measures as suggested under air quality section. • Ensure appropriate and safe passage for pedestrians along the work sites. • Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of ongoing trenching activities. • Restrict construction vehicle movements to defined access roads and demarcated working areas (unless in the event of an emergency). • Enforce strict speed limit (20-30 kmph) for plying on unpaved roads, construction tracks. • Where traffic is diverted around crossings, traffic control or careful selection of the exit from the working areas will be provided with the aim of ensuring that vehicles join the road in a safe manner. • At sensitive locations particularly at residential areas, awareness of safety issues will be raised through neighborhood awareness meetings. Conduct noise-generating activities in daytime only and intermittently so that excessive noise may not cause health impact to people. • All drivers and equipment operators will undergo safety training; and • Regularly maintain the construction equipment and vehicles; use manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

• Provide prior information to the local people about the nature and duration of work. • Conduct awareness program on safety during the construction work.

• Provide hard barricades and deploy security personnel to ensure safe movement of people and also to prevent unnecessary entry and to avoid accidental fall into open trenches.

13. Establishment and Operation of Construction Camps and Workers Facilities

It is likely that the contract may employ workers from outside project area, and therefore may provide temporary workers accommodation during the construction phase. Proper provision and maintenance of facilities is necessary for proper living conditions and avoid health, environment, and safety issues. Workers camps may also adversely impact on surrounding communities. Operation of construction camps can cause temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants. Potential impacts are negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to: i. Consult PIU before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants. ii. Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees. iii. Provide drinking water, water for other uses, and sanitation facilities for employees. iv. Provided temporary rest and eating area at all work sites. v. Ensure conditions of livability at work camps are maintained at the highest standards possible at all times; living quarters and construction camps shall be provided with standard materials (as far as possible to use portable ready to fit-in reusable cabins with proper ventilation); thatched huts, and facilities constructed with materials like GI sheets, tarpaulins, etc., shall not be used as accommodation for workers; accommodation shall meet the IFC standards for workers accommodation which include: provision of safe housing, availability of electricity, plumbing, water and sanitation, adequate fire protection and dormitory/room facilities;; workers with accompanying families shall be provided with a proper and safe accommodation (IFC benchmark standards for workers accommodation is provided in Appendix 11); vi. Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood. vii. Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially cause soil contamination. viii. Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; A temporary secured hazardous material handling and waste storage area should be provided at pumphouse site. As part of a design feature, a permanent secured (‘bunded’) impermeable surface and dykes capable of carrying 110% of volume of material stored. ix. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas. x. Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures which are no longer required; and xi. Report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

14. Social and Cultural Resources

The Ranchi Intake location does not have any notable socio-cultural resources Therefore, no impacts envisaged. However, during excavation, the possibility of chance find cannot be ruled out completely. Construction contractors therefore should follow the below measures in conducting any excavation work:

• Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work. • Create awareness among the workers, supervisors and engineers about the chance finds during excavation work. • Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected. • Inform local Archeological Department/Museum office if a find is suspected and take any action, they require to ensure its removal or protection in situ.

15. Debris/Spoil’s disposal

Prior to the commencement of works, contractor shall identify a debris disposal site in consultation with the PIU and consultant contractor will follow all the prescribed rules during construction and adhering to following criteria (including but not limited to):

• Prepare a Debris and Spoils Management based on the Guidance presented in Appendix 10: Sample Outline Spoils (Construction Waste) Management Plan • The site shall be selected preferably from barren, infertile lands. In case agricultural land needs to be selected, top-soil stripping, stacking and preservation should be undertaken prior to initiation of any activities. • Debris disposal site shall be at least 200 m away from surface water bodies. • No residential areas shall be located within 100 m downwind side of the site. • The site is minimum 250 m away from sensitive locations like hospitals, religious places, ponds/lakes, or other water bodies: and • The local governing body and community shall be consulted while selecting the site.

16. Night works

Most of the construction works shall be undertaken only during day hours. Night works are required only in the extreme conditions such as road having heavy traffic in daytime and/or no alternate access can be provided for the road users, extreme climatic conditions (extreme hot during summers), religious fairs/celebrations in daytime etc. Contractors are required to take prior approval from PIU and concerned town authorities for night works. Contractors are required to adhere following conditions for night works including those prescribed by concerned authorities:

• Prepare a night work protocol and obtain prior approval from PIU, and strictly implement and report on implementation of protocol during the workers. • Contractors should have handheld noise level meter for measurement of noise during night hours. • Contractors should have handheld lux meter for the measurement of illumination during night hours. • Preferably electrical connection is available for running equipment otherwise soundproof/super silent Diesel Generator set should be available. • Sound level should not increase as prescribe by CPCB; and Illumination should be as follows:

Minimum illumination (lx) Areas to be illuminated Type of work activity 54 Illumination throughout the General work area lighting, and work area performance of visual tasks of large size, or medium contrast, or low require accuracy 108 Illumination of work area Performance of visual tasks of medium size, and areas adjacent to or low to medium contrast, or medium equipment required accuracy 216 Illumination of task Performance of visual tasks of small size, or low contrast or high required accuracy or fine finish National lighting code, 2010 As far as possible ready-mix concrete from batching plant to be used, otherwise the concrete should be prepared away from residential areas and brought to the site. All the noisy activities like hammering, cutting, crushing, running of heavy equipment should be done in daytime and avoided in nighttime. Workers engaged in night works should have adequate rest/sleep in daytime before start of night works.

Worker engaged for night works should have previous experience of night works and should be physically fit for such works including clear vision in night. All the necessary provisions of traffic aids such as traffic signals, road signage, barricades, cautions boards, traffic diversion boards etc., should be available with fluorescent/retro-reflective arrangements. Workers should be trained before start of night works about risks and hazards of night works and their mitigation measures and should be provided all the protective aids (PPEs) including fluorescent/retro- reflective vests. Horns should not be permitted by equipment and vehicles. Workers should not shout and create noise. First aid and emergency vehicles should be available at site. Emergency preparedness plan should be operative during night works. Old persons and pregnant women and women having small kids should not work in nighttime. All the vehicles and equipment being used at night works should have adequate type of silencers/enclosures/mufflers to reduce noise. All the vehicles should be checked for working head lamps, tail lamps, inner lights etc. before start of night works. PIU/PMU_- C and contractor’s safety personnel should closely monitor the safety of works continuously and noise and illumination levels on hourly basis and maintain photographic and video graphic records as well as register the observations. Night works should be stopped early in the morning at least one hour before start of pedestrian/traffic movement. After completion of night works all the site should be cleaned and maintained obstruction free for daytime movement of vehicles and pedestrians. Drivers and workers should be alert and responsive during night works. All the wages to workers working in night hours should be as per the applicable labor acts. Avoid any nuisance which may create problems to nearby habitants and work peacefully during night hours; and Night works should not be conducted near hospitals and during peak seasons such as students’ exam times etc.

F. Operation and Maintenance Impacts

1. Water Supply System

O&M of the water supply system will be carried out by Contractor for 5 years and then by Ranchi Municipal Corporation directly or through an external operator. The water supply system is intended to deliver potable water meeting drinking water standards (IS 10500: 2012 provided in Appendix 4) to the consumers at their homes. This must be ensured.

The system has a design life of 30 years, during which shall not require major repairs or refurbishments and should operate with little maintenance beyond routine actions required to keep the equipment in working order. The stability and integrity of the system will be monitored periodically to detect any problems and allow remedial action if required. Any repairs will be small- scale involving manual, temporary, and short-term works involving regular checking and recording of performance for signs of deterioration, servicing, and replacement of parts.

2. Raw Water Mains

Recurrence of pipe bursting and leakage problems can be managed by the leak detection and water auditing surveys. The contractor and RMC will be required to ensure that the leak detection and rectification time is minimized. SCADA has been proposed for entire system. SCADA shall support and include a multi-level real-time auditing and advising of energy optimization process and real-time process performance software. SCADA system includes a pressure and flow analyzer, automatic shul-off valves, and water quality parameters monitoring of pH, turbidity. The

key benefits of a performance auditing system would be more energy efficient plant, improved reliability & safety, and increased profitability.

Mitigation Measures Repair works could cause some temporary disruption of activities at locations of quarters, temple and WTP complex area. So, the same precautions as employed during the construction period should be adopted. ULB or contractor needs to:

(i) Repair approach road along the rising mains, if it is damage, during the repair work of rising mains. (ii) Complete work in these areas quickly.

3. Intake arrangement

The potential impacts for the O&M of the intake arrangement are: (i) contamination and/or pollution of the water source; (ii) blockage of the forebay channel; (iii) arrangement of perforated screens to avoid aquatic organism getting into the sump; (iv) generation of silt; (v) breakdown of pumps and obstacle in continuous supply of electricity (vi) risks and hazards to the workers in the O&M of the intake arrangement (i.e., fire incidents, accidents during O&M).

Mitigation Measures: The preventive and mitigation measures that the contractor should implement are:

The O&M of the intake arrangement will include: (a) regular checking of blockage and breakage of intake conduit and pumps; (b) cleaning of screenings and silt traps, (c) monitoring of the water level and flow velocity and (d) desiltation management. Regular monitoring of the treated water quality to ensure that the parameters are within the applicable standards for drinking water quality. For the silt management, the contractor will be responsible for the flushing of the silt - silts have the high nutrient value for the aquatic animals, and hence regular cleaning will be done and. To avoid turbidity in the water, flush the suspended solids for shorter durations, so that it will avoid in reducing the amount of food available for aquatic organisms, it will not create any diversions of natural movements and migrations, it will not prevent any successful development of fish eggs and larvae. Flushing is the fortnightly process.

To avoid risks and hazards to workers, the contractors should prepare OHS plan during O&M, including emergency response procedures for breakdown of pumps, or other equipment, grid failures or other natural calamities , etc. Also, prepare and implement the safety procedures of the World Bank’s Group General EHS Guidelines and EHS Guidelines for water and sanitation.23

During the operations maintaining, the levels of the reservoir would be important especially in years there are low rainfall. The During the operation phase, it is necessary that the facility is operated by trained staff as per the standard operating procedures.

Following measures are suggested for implementation/compliance during the operation phase:

(i) Ensure that only available live storage is utilized for water supply. (ii) Prepare and implement contingency plan for low rainfall years that will result in low water levels in Rukha Reservoir; in such cases revise the water supply rate appropriately to ensure uninterrupted water supply throughout the year; provide prior information to stakeholders.

23https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/83217cd8-b9a5-4383-97b5- 5af26182b3b8/2007+Water+and+Sanitation.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=m3CdtQr

G. Cumulative Impacts

Cumulative impacts are those that result from the successive, incremental, and/or combined effects of a project or activity when added to other existing, planned, and/or reasonably anticipated future ones. Construction works are located near Rukha Reservoir, where there are no other constructions works at present. In terms of water withdrawal from Rukha reservoir, cumulative impacts are discussed below.

Water for the Ranchi Town is withdrawn from the Rukha Reservoir. Currently, there are two plants i.e., 171 MLD plant commissioned in 1971 and the 114 MLD plant under the PPP scheme. Additionally, 1 MLD is allocated for Irba rural Water supply Scheme. Since the reservoir was commission for dual purpose i.e., drinking water supply for Ranchi and generation of electricity 243.64 is allocated for the Sikidri hydro Power Plant. Thus, cumulatively the water allocated from Rukha Reservoir 529.64 MLD / 145.65 MCM.

With the commissioning of the new 213 MLD (being constructed under JUWSIP/01) plant additionally only 42 MLD/ 11.69 MCM of additional water would be required to run the 213 MLD plant. The water from the Rukha schemes coupled with 56.83 MLD from Kanke and 19.5 MLD from Gonda would be sufficient to meet the requirement of the intermediate year i.e., approx 400 MLD.

As per the information available from DW&SD the Live Storage capacity of the Rukha Reservoir is 231.89 MCM. (Gross Storage 288.63 MCM and Dead Storage 56.74 MCM). Surplus water available in the reservoir is 74.55 MCM (231.89 – (145.65 +11.69)). In the ultimate year 2050 additional water requirement for Ranchi city is 151 MLD/41.52 MCM (556- (213+114+56.83 +19.5). Thus, even after abstraction of water in the ultimate year i.e., 2050 enough water would remain in the reservoir.

VII. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

A. Overview

Meaningful consultation and active participation of stakeholders including local community, NGOs/community-based organizations, and the media in all stages of project preparation and implementation is essential for successful implementation of the project. It will ensure that the subprojects are designed, constructed, and operated with utmost consideration to local needs, ensures community acceptance, and will bring maximum benefits to the people. Public consultation and information disclosure are a must as per the ADB policy.

Most of the main stakeholders have already been identified and consulted during the preparation of this IEE, and any others that are identified during project implementation will be brought into the process in the future. Primary stakeholders of the subproject are residents, who live and work near the subproject site where facilities will be built as well as government and utility agencies responsible for provision of various services in subproject area. Secondary stakeholders are NGOs and community-based organizations working in the area, community representatives, and beneficiary community in general, and government agencies, JUIDCO, GOJ and ADB.

The public consultation and participation includes: (i) identifying interested and affected parties (stakeholders); (ii) informing and providing the stakeholders with sufficient background and technical information regarding the proposed project; (iii) creating opportunities and mechanisms whereby they can participate and raise their views and opinion (issues, comments, and concerns)

with regard to the proposed project; (iv) giving the stakeholders feedback on process findings and recommendations; and (v) ensuring compliance to process requirements with regards to the environment and related legislation.

B. Public Consultation

1. Project and IEE preparation

The subproject proposal is formulated in consultation with the public representative’s body (Ranchi Municipal Corporation) in the project area to ensure that the recommendations and suggestions are incorporated in the design of the project.

Focus-group discussions with affected persons and other stakeholders were conducted in month of June 2020 to learn their views and concerns taking into consideration all COVID -19 protocols in place by GOI and GOJ. All the households situated within 500 m radius of the proposed pumping station site were consulted and informed on likely issues and the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures provided. Public and the people residing along the wider subproject activity areas were also consulted.

It was observed that people are not directly affected by the subproject as the project site is approximately 450 m away from the nearest habitation. Public demanded that they shall be given adequate notice before construction and proper warning signs be placed along the construction area to avoid accidents and inconvenience. To reduce the disturbance and inconvenience to the affected stakeholders due to heavy vehicle movement during construction, work plan/schedule will be prepared and submitted by the Contractor. Project team explained that the project has an EMP to avoid and reduce the anticipated negative impacts to the environment and disturbance to the community, during the construction and operation and maintenance phases of the project.

Public consultation and participation done during the preparation of the IEE are: (i) residential area near the proposed Intake arrangement site on 2 June 2020. The total number of stakeholders that participated in the public consultant is 16 (11 males and 5 females). The consultations were also done at Rukka village area and in downstream villages (Getalsud, Agartoli and Ladhupota) on 7 Oct 2020, the total number of participants in the consultations are 15. The concerns and issues raised during these consultations, and the corresponding explanation and response of the Project team are in Table 22 . Detailed discussion, attendance sheet, and photo documentation is in Appendix 7.

Table 22 : : Concerns and issues raised during the public consultation and participation activities.

Sr. Points discussed / raised by Response from Project Team / Participants No. stakeholders Project team explained the location of work sites, and site protection measures to avoid The local residents expressed concern on entry of general public and livestock, these potential accidents and restriction of include barricading the work sites, and posting 1. movement of livestock (cows, buffalo and of security personnel as required. It was also goats) due to project construction works conveyed that construction activities will not limit/disturb the access of villagers or of their live stock Employment opportunities for local It was clarified that preference will be given to 2. people in construction local people during construction work.

Sr. Points discussed / raised by Response from Project Team / Participants No. stakeholders Employment opportunities for local It was clarified that preference will always be 3. women in construction given to local people during construction work. Project team clarified that works are confined to reservoir surroundings, and located far from the Impact of construction activities on their village, there are no likely impacts. There may day-to-day activities of nearby residents 4. be interference in terms of access road use for

construction purpose. Proper measures will be

implemented to ensure that safe access is maintained throughout. It was informed by JUIDCO officials that this is an Urban Scheme and there are very less chances of supplying water to the village Women residents also requested to through this scheme. However, their request will 5. provide water supply in the nearby be conveyed to the concerned department. villages from the project. Presently the water supply connections in such village areas are handled by the Rural Development Department. Representative from JUIDCO conveyed that Residents enquired about the process to there will be a project-specific Grievance 5. register complaints relating to Redressal Mechanism, and the details will be construction activities. shared with the stakeholders before start of construction The villagers from the Rukka village indicated The representative from JUIDCO that fishing is conducted in deep waters of the enquired about the catching of fish in the 6 reservoir, nearest of which is at least 600-800 m near the area identified for the intake from the intake site. Photograph of fish catch arrangement. area is given below. The Rukka villagers identify the fishes in the catch as: Telpia, Sor, silver carp, chana, polard, mrigal and Kalbose. These are local name of the 7 Fish species in Rukha Reservoir fishes in the area. The villagers also informed that Rohu and Catla were also found sometimes during the catch. The villagers from Getalsud, Agartoli and Ladhuptoli informed that river water is not use in their daily requirement. It was informed that they 8 Downstream villages – water utilization fulfil their water requirement from dug well, tube well, bore well, Dobha (small seasonal ponds) etc. Villagers indicated that there is no notable 9 Movement of wildlife in the project wildlife movement in the area. The villagers said that paddy farming is done in Agricultural activities and irrigation the area, once in a year. The paddy crop 10 facilities farming was done in the monsoon season (July- Sep).

2. Information Disclosure and Future Consultations

Prior to start of construction, PIU will conduct information dissemination sessions at various places and solicit the help of the local community, leaders/prominent for the project work. Focus

71 group meetings will be conducted to discuss and plan construction work (mainly pipeline work, location of construction camps, access and hauling routes, etc.,) with local communities to reduce disturbance and other impacts and regarding the project GRM. Project information and construction schedule will be provided to the public via mass media (newspapers, television, JUDICO and Ranchi Municipal Corporation (RMC) websites etc.). A constant communication will be established with the affected communities to redress the environmental issues likely to surface during construction phase. Contractor will provide prior public information Appendix 20 (in Hindi and English) about the construction work in the area, once 7 days prior to the start of work and again a day before the start of work via pamphlets. At the work sites, public information boards will also be provided to disseminate project related information. . Public information campaigns to explain the project details to a wider population will be conducted. Public disclosure meetings will be conducted at key project stages to inform the public of progress and future. Prior to start of construction, the PIU will issue Notification on the start date of implementation in local newspapers. A notice board showing the details of the project will be displayed at the construction sites for the information of public. Stakeholder consultations will continue throughout the implementation of the subprojects and operation and will be open and gender inclusive.

Based on ADB disclosure requirements, the following will be posted on ADB website: (i) this IEE upon receipt; (ii) new or updated IEE; (iii) corrective action plan prepared during project implementation to address unanticipated environmental impacts and to resolve non-compliance to EMP provisions; and (iv) environmental monitoring reports after being reviewed and cleared by ADB. Executive summary of the IEE will be translated in Hindi and made available at the offices of PMU, PIU, and municipality and displayed on their notice boards. Hard copies of the IEE will be accessible to citizens to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. Electronic version of the IEE in English and Executive Summary in Hindi will be placed in the official website of the JUIDCO and RMC after approval of the IEE by ADB. Stakeholders will also be made aware of grievance register and redress mechanism

VIII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

A. Common grievance redress mechanism

A common GRM will be in place to redress environmental and social safeguards concerns or any other project and/or subproject related grievances. Grievance is defined as any comments/ suggestions, non-contentious questions/ clarifications regarding the project, issues/concerns that resulted to non-performance of obligations of any of the parties involved in project processes particularly safeguards implementation. The GRM described below has been developed in consultation with the stakeholders. GRM will be set up prior to award of contract and will made fully operation prior to commencement of works. The GRM is anchored on the five principles to guide in facilitating and resolving concerns and grievances:

(i) Transparency. The GRM encourages comments and feedback (negative and positive) to improve the project. The community must be aware of all complaints, grievances and problems reported; must be involved in their redress; and must be kept informed on progress made in resolving grievances. Public awareness campaign will be conducted to ensure that awareness on the project and its grievance redress procedures is generated. The campaign will ensure that the poor, women, indigenous peoples, the vulnerable and the disadvantaged groups are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements per project entitlement matrix, and PMU and concerned PIUs will ensure that

their grievances are addressed according to the time schedule, and feedback will be provided to the affected person or complainant. The PMU will develop a Project Information Kit containing GRM overview and contact details in the form of brochures/leaflets and written in local dialects. A GRM hotline will be posted in subproject site. (ii) Socially Inclusive. The whole community (and even those outside) is given the opportunity to raise concerns and the right to be accorded a response. The GRM provides an accessible, inclusive, gender-sensitive and culturally appropriate platform for receiving and facilitating resolution of affected persons' grievances related to the project. (iii) Simple and Accessible. Procedures to file complaints and seek redress are kept simple and easy to understand by the affected people, most specially the nonliterate, and their communities. Affected persons will have the flexibility of conveying grievances/suggestions through verbal narration from walk-in affected person, by dropping grievance redress/suggestion forms in complaints/suggestion boxes in accessible locations, through telephone hotlines, through WhatsApp, by e-mail, by post, or by writing in a complaint register in ULB office or PMU or PIU office. (iv) Anonymity and Security. To remain accessible, open, and trusted, the GRM ensures that the identities of those complaining are kept confidential. This encourages people to openly participate and file grievance. Careful documentation of the name of the complainant, date of receipt of the complaint, address/contact details of the person, location of the problem area and the grievance detail will be maintained by the project. Project will ensure a system for grievance tracking and monitoring of grievances lodged, response accorded, its resolution status and closure. PMU together with PIU safeguard officers will have the joint responsibility for timely grievance redressal on safeguards and gender issues and for registration of grievances, related disclosure, and communication with the aggrieved party. The affected persons will also be encouraged to seek a complaint registration number through the PIU. (v) Institutional Capacity Building. Through the GRM, the PIU can strengthen channels of communication and mechanisms for grievance redress at the community/project area level.

B. Institutional arrangements and role functions

The GRM conceived (refer Figure 8) for this project constitutes of multiple tiers that are dovetailed into each other. These include a three sub-tier arrangement provided within the core project set up and a two-tier system housed beyond it. The figure below depicts the proposed arrangements, followed by the description. The multi-tier GRM for the project as outlined below prescribes for time-bound schedules for grievance resolution at each level, with responsible persons identified to address grievances and seek appropriate persons' advice at each stage, as required. The grievance redress committee (GRC) will continue to function throughout the project duration. The EA/IA shall issue notifications to establish the respective PIU (and field) level and GRCs, with details of composition, process of grievance redress to be followed, and time limit for grievance redress at each level.

Figure 8 : : Grievance Redress Mechanism

ESSU=environmental and social safeguards unit, GRC=grievance redress committee; GRM=grievance redress mechanism, PMC= project management consultant; PIU= project implementation unit, PMU =project management unit; SGC=safeguards and gender cell.

C. GRM at Project Level

Project level GRM will have a three-tier arrangement i.e., at field level, PIU level and PMU level.

1. Field Level GRM

Field level arrangements will comprise of contractor and their project implementation staff on ground, and field level staff from PMU-consultant, PMCs and ULB responsible for safeguard compliance and monitoring. All minor issues and those that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant will be resolved at the field level itself. The contractor, and supervision personnel from the PIU supported by consultants will try to successfully resolve them in consultation with the executive officer of ULB or Mayor. In case of larger issues, they will seek the advice and assistance of the Manager PIU. Contractors will be responsible for documentation and record keeping. A summary of grievance record will be submitted to the PIU on monthly basis. Project consultants (PMU-consultant safeguard experts at PIU level) and ULB staff will both monitor and provide input support to the contractors in field level grievance redress and its record keeping.

2. PIU Level GRM

A grievance redress cell will be established at PIU constituting of the safeguard’s officers of the respective ESSU, PIUs, supported by the social expert of PMU-consultant. In case of complaint by IP, and IP NGO or IP leader will be invited as part of the GRC and will attend all grievance related activities. All such grievances that cannot be resolved at the field level and those that are directly registered with the GR cell will be addressed by this body. A proper documentation of grievances (including records of grievances redressed at field level) will be maintained. Grievance redressal cell will also be responsible for conducting periodic community meetings with affected communities to understand their concerns and help them through the process of grievance redressal, recording and registering grievances of nonliterate affected persons and explaining the process of GRM. In cases, where PIU is unable to resolve grievance within the stipulated time period, it shall consult PMU for advice and implement suggested actions within specified time. PIU/grievance redressal cell will also be responsible for follow up for each grievance, periodic information dissemination to complainants on the status of their grievance and recording their feedback (satisfaction/dissatisfaction and suggestions).

3. PMU Level GRM

This state level arrangement will be led by the project director with staff support of the safeguard and gender cell (SGC) housed within the PMU and other departmental representatives (on invitation). All such grievances that cannot be resolved at the PIU level grievance redress cell, will be brought to the notice of this body, seeking its advice, or referred for resolution at this level. PMU, the SGC specifically, will provide regular monitoring and advisory support to PIU in grievance redress functioning and its record keeping. State level compilation of grievance redress records and documentation will be done by PMU, using services of PMU-consultant.

D. GRM beyond project level

Grievances that cannot be redressed through within/at the project level within stipulated time period will be referred to the city/town level committee or to the state level steering committee. The following will be the arrangement in this respect.

Table 23 : Composition of City/Town Level Committee and State Level Steering Committee

CLC- Ranchi - Deputy Commissioner, Ranchi (Chairperson) - Deputy Project Director, PMU, (Member Secretary) - Commissioner, Ranchi Municipal Corporation - General Manager (Tech) - Safeguard Officers of the Environment and Social Safeguard Units (ESSU) of the PIU, as members - and Representatives of local NGOs (Special Invitees) CLC- Other towns/cities - Deputy Commissioner (Chairperson) - Manager, PIU (Member Secretary) - Addl. Chief Engineer, PWD/PHED - CEO/ Commissioner/ Executive Officer, Municipal Corporation / Council - Safeguard Officers of the Environment and Social Safeguard Units (ESSU) of the PIU, as members - and representatives of local NGOs (Special Invitees)

State Level Steering Committee - Development Commissioner, (Chairperson) - Principal Secretary/ Secretary, UDHD - Principal Secretary/ Secretary, Finance - Project Director (Member Secretary) - and Others as invitees

CEO= chief executive officer, ESSU= Environment and Social Safeguards Unit, PHED= Public Health Engineering Department, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, PWD= Public Works Department, UDHD= Urban Development and Housing Department.

Note: The CLC/GRC must have a minimum of two women members. In case of any indigenous people impacts in future subprojects, the CLC/GRC must have representation of the affected indigenous people community, including at least one female indigenous person, the chief of the tribe or a member of the tribal council as traditional arbitrator (to ensure that traditional grievance redress systems are integrated) and an NGO working with indigenous people groups.

1. City/Town Level Committee

Certain grievances, particularly matters that may have bearing on other development and administrative activities in the project area or those beyond the jurisdiction of project, may have to be referred to the city/town level committee (CLC). These grievances may be related to land purchase/acquisition, payment of compensation, environmental pollution etc. The city/town level committee will act as Grievance Redress Committee GRC) for such cases referred by the project., Any higher than city level inter-departmental coordination or grievance redress required will be referred to the state level Steering Committee. The CLC will function with the composition as suggested in Table 23above.

The CLC will be set up to monitor project implementation in its city/town. In its role as a GRC, the CLC will meet every month (if there are pending, registered grievances), determine the merit of each grievance, and resolve grievances within specified time upon receiving the complaint.

The areas of jurisdiction of the GRC, headed by the Deputy Commissioner will be (i) location within the district where subproject facilities are proposed, or (ii) their areas of influence within the District.

2. State Level Steering Committee

The state level steering committee constituting of members as prescribed in the table above, will handle escalated/unresolved grievances that cannot be handled at city/town level committee or by the project level GR apparatus. These may also relate to matters that may have state level policy implications. The steering committee will have jurisdictional authority across the state (i.e., areas of influence of subproject facilities beyond district boundaries, if any).

3. Country/State Legal System

An aggrieved person shall have access to the country's legal system at any stage and accessing the country's legal system can run parallel to accessing the GRM and is not dependent on the negative outcome of the GRM.

E. Consultation arrangements

This will include regular group meetings and discussions, at least twice during resettlement plan preparation, with affected persons by the social safeguard personnel of PMU, PIU and PMU- consultant. During the first year of resettlement plan implementation, such meetings will take

place on a quarterly basis, while in subsequent years; these meetings will be held at least twice a year. The consultation arrangement thus envisaged is intended to address both general and/or specific individual grievances through a participatory approach. Besides, the consultative process is meant to be flexible to provide timely mitigation of grievances of the affected persons. The most complex cases will be dealt with through one-to-one consultation with particular affected person by a host of actors comprising of social expert of PMU-consultant and social safeguards, ESSU PIU, with the support of SGC PMU as and when required. PMU-consultant will be responsible for ensuring that nonliterate affected persons and/or vulnerable affected persons are assisted to understand the grievance redress process as well as for encouraging them to register complaints and follow-up with relevant authorities at different stages in the process.

1. Recordkeeping

Records of all grievances received, including contact details of complainant, date the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date these were taken, and final outcome will be kept by PIU (with the support of PIU level social expert of PMU-consultant) and submitted to PMU. As part of record keeping and reporting practice, information will also be maintained on grievance tracking. Grievance reporting by PIUs and PMU at their respective levels will provide information both for the reporting period and a cumulative grievance redress tracking data (on selected parameters such as total grievances received, redressed, pending etc. i.e., cumulative information on these parameters since project start).

2. Information dissemination methods of the GRM

The PIU, assisted by PMU-consultant (PIU level social expert) will be responsible for information dissemination to affected persons on grievance redressal procedure. Coverage area/affected area-wide public awareness campaigns will ensure that awareness on grievance redress procedures is generated through the consultation and participation plan. Public awareness campaign will be conducted to ensure that awareness on the project and its grievance redress procedures is generated. The PIU safeguard officers (environment and social) will be assisted by PMU-consultant with information/collateral/awareness material etc. and in conducting project awareness campaigns. The campaign will ensure that the poor, vulnerable and others are made aware of grievance redress procedures and entitlements per agreed entitlement matrix including who to contact and when, where/how to register grievance, various stages of grievance redress process, time likely to be taken for redressal of minor and major grievances, etc. Information on grievances received, and responses provided will be documented and reported back to the affected persons. The number of grievances recorded and resolved, and the outcomes will be displayed/disclosed in the PMU and PIU offices, GP/concerned ULB notice boards and on the web, as well as reported in the semi-annual environmental and social monitoring reports to be submitted to ADB. All grievances will be treated with utmost confidentiality and identity of complainant will not be disclosed.

F. Other features and requirements

Periodic Review and Documentation of Lessons Learned. The SGC PMU will periodically review the functioning of the GRM and record information on the effectiveness of the mechanism, especially on the PIU’s ability to prevent and address grievances.

Costs. All costs involved in resolving the complaints (meetings, consultations, communication, and reporting/information dissemination) will be borne by the PMU. Cost estimates for grievance redress are included in resettlement cost estimates.

ADB Accountability Mechanism. In the event that the established GRM is not in a position to resolve the issue, the affected person also can use the ADB accountability mechanism through directly contacting (in writing) the Complaint Receiving Officer (CRO) at ADB headquarters or the ADB India Resident Mission (INRM). Before submitting a complaint to the Accountability Mechanism, it is recommended that affected people make a good faith effort to resolve their problems by working with the concerned ADB operations department (in this case, the resident mission). Only after doing that, and if they are still dissatisfied, they could approach the accountability mechanism. The ADB accountability mechanism information will be included in the project-relevant information to be distributed to the affected communities, as part of the project GRM.

IX. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

This EMP identifies the potential project environmental impacts and defines mitigation and monitoring requirements for project implementation, The EMP draws from the impact assessment and mitigation measures presented earlier in the document. It also defines the institutional arrangements, roles and responsibilities of institutions involved and cost estimates for implementation of the EMP. The EMP has been prepared in consultation with JUIDCO and will ensure all activities associated with the subproject will not result to significant adverse environmental and social impacts.

A copy of the EMP must be kept on work sites at all times. This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during final design . The EMP will be made binding on all contractors operating on site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Noncompliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in the document constitutes a failure in compliance.

A. Institutional Arrangement

The institutional structure for JUWSIP is presented in Figure 9.Executing and Implementing Agencies. The UDHD of GOJ will be the executing agency and JUIDCO will be the implementing agency for JUWSIP. The UDHD will be responsible for overall strategic planning, guidance, and management of the JUWSIP, and for ensuring compliance with loan release conditions and loan covenants. JUIDCO will be responsible for day-to-day implementation of the project in compliance with the legal agreements and a PMU will be established within the implementing agency and located at Ranchi.

Empowered Committee. At state-level, an Empowered Committee will be established to provide overall policy direction. Empowered committee will provide approval for the projects and recommend to Government for providing administrative sanction for the sub-projects. City Level Committees (CLCs) will be established in towns to oversee the implementation at town level.

1. Project Management Unit. GOJ acting through JUIDCO will be the executing agency responsible for overall guidance of the project and implementation of all subprojects. The PMU, headed by a Project Director will be responsible for planning, management, coordination, supervision, and progress monitoring of the project. The PMU has the responsibility of fulfilling environmental requirements of the government and ensuring effective implementation of environmental safeguards requirements per ADB SPS, 2009. The PMU has a full-time staff, Manager (Environment), who will be responsible for compliance to the statutory and legal requirements, overall supervision of the implementation of the environmental management provisions in the IEEs, EMPs, and civil works contracts. The PMU Manager (Environment) will be based in PMU and will undertake site visits as necessary to monitor the activities on site for compliance or for any

78 corrective actions and will receive support from PMU-consultant (PMU-C) Environmental Safeguards Specialist. The key responsibilities of the PMU Manager (Environment) are, but not limited to: (i) establish a system to ensure environmental safeguards compliance of the project, including monitoring checklists to be used by PIUs, consultants and contractors. (ii) review and confirm existing IEEs and EMPs are updated based on detailed designs and comply with ADB SPS, 2009 and government rules. (iii) confirm that based on the subproject’s final design and components, the environmental category remains as B, which shall be concurred to by ADB. (iv) coordinate with design engineers, PMU and PIUs to consider measures to avoid potential environmental impacts in final detailed engineering designs. (v) ensure that IEEs and EMPs are included in bidding documents and civil works contracts. (vi) confirm all statutory clearances are obtained prior to award of contract. (vii) ensure compliance to all applicable national, state, and local laws and regulations relating to environment, workers safety and health, and public safety. (viii) confirm contractors provide necessary budgetary and human resources to fully implement the EMP and are made available on a timely basis. (ix) confirm compliance with all measures and requirements set forth in the IEEs, the EMPs, and any corrective or preventative actions set forth in a Safeguards Monitoring Report. (x) confirm pre-works conditions are documented and records are kept by PIUs. (xi) conduct safeguards and OSH orientation to contractors and EHS engineers upon mobilization and ensure all workers are provided with OSH training prior to start of works and on a regular basis. (xii) confirm site-specific EMPs (SEMPs) are submitted by contractors and reviewed by PIUs prior to commencement of works;24 (xiii) provide technical and administrative support to PIUs to ensure compliance with ADB SPS, 2009 and EMPs/SEMPs are fully implemented by contractors. (xiv) for non-compliances, recommend necessary corrective actions to be taken. (xv) consolidate monthly monitoring reports from PIUs and submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB. (xvi) ensure timely disclosure of IEEs/EMPs in project websites, subproject locations and in a form accessible to the public. (xvii) assist PIU in engaging stakeholders and in conducting meaningful consultations throughout project implementation. (xviii) assist PIUs in setting up of grievance redress mechanism (GRM), identifying grievance redressal committee (GRC) members and developing capacity of GRC members, PIUs, consultants, and contractors in addressing environmental safeguards-related issues/concerns/complaints. (xix) address any grievances brought about through the GRM in a timely manner. (xx) ensure compliance with safeguards-related loan covenants. (xxi) conduct periodic capacity building and training programs on safeguards and OSH for project stakeholders, PMU, and PIUs. (xxii) submit semi-annual environmental monitoring report to ADB and disclose relevant information from such reports to affected persons promptly upon submission. (xxiii) if any unanticipated environmental and/or social risks and impacts arise during construction, implementation or operation of the Project that were not considered in the IEEs or EMPs/SEMPs, promptly inform ADB of the occurrence of such risks or impacts, with detailed description of the event and proposed corrective action plan; and (xxiv) report any breach of compliance with the measures and requirements set forth in the IEEs or EMP/SEMPs promptly after becoming aware of such breach.

2. Project Implementation Units. The PIUs will be responsible for the day-to-day activities of project implementation in the field and will have direct supervision to all contractors at subproject sites. Four PIUs

24 If contractor fails to submit SEMPs prior to commencement of works, the EMP in the IEE and contract documents will be applicable and used in monitoring compliance. None of the provisions of ADB-cleared IEE or EMP will be relaxed or lowered in the subsequent IEE revisions/updates or in the contractors SEMP.

79 are established in (i) Hussainabad; (ii) Jhumri Telaiya; (iii) Medininagar; and (iv) Ranchi. Each PIU will appoint a full-time Assistant Manager (Environment), responsible for day-to-day monitoring of the project progress and implementation of the environmental provisions in the EMP and the environment staff will ensure compliance with government and ADB requirements on environmental safeguards. The PIU will prepare progress reports on all aspects concerning environmental assessment, management, monitoring, and report to the PMU. Assistant manager (Environment) will be based in respective PIU office and will undertake regular site visits to monitor the works and ensure compliance and will receive support from the PMU-C Environmental Safeguards Consultant. The key responsibilities of the PIU Assistant Manager for environment are, but not limited to: (i) establish a system in PIUs to ensure environmental safeguards compliance of the project. (ii) coordinate with PMU on the monitoring checklists to be used by PIUs, consultants and contractors. (iii) confirm to PMU that existing IEEs and EMPs are updated based on detailed engineering designs, or any change in location, alignment, or components. (iv) confirm to PMU that based on the subproject’s final design and components, the environmental category remains as B, which shall be concurred to by ADB. (v) ensure measures to avoid potential environmental impacts are considered in final detailed engineering designs. (vi) provide detailed engineering design, drawings, and maps to PMU and contractors. (vii) confirm to PMU that IEEs and EMPs are included in bidding documents and civil works contracts. (viii) prior to award of contract, obtain and confirm to PMU that all statutory clearances are in place. (ix) confirm to PMU that all applicable national, state, and local laws and regulations relating to environment, workers safety and health, and public safety are being complied by contractors and subcontractors. (x) confirm to PMU that contractors and subcontractors provide necessary budgetary and human resources to fully implement the EMP and are made available on a timely basis. (xi) ensure contractors and subcontractors (a) comply with the measures forth in the IEEs, the EMPs, the resettlement plans and the indigenous peoples plans (IPPs) (to the extent they concern impacts on affected people during construction), and any corrective or preventative actions set forth in a Safeguards Monitoring Report; (b) make available a budget for all such environmental and social measures; (c) provide the PIU and PMU with a written notice of any unanticipated environmental, resettlement or indigenous peoples risks or impacts that arise during construction, implementation or operation of the Project that were not considered in the IEE, the EMP, the resettlement plan and the IPP; (d) adequately record the condition of roads, agricultural land and other infrastructure prior to starting to transport materials and construction; and (e) reinstate pathways, other local infrastructure, and agricultural land to at least their pre-project condition upon the completion of construction; (xii) review contractor’s site-specific EMP (SEMP) and confirm submission to PMU prior to commencement of works;25 (xiii) confirm to PMU that compliance with all measures and requirements set forth in the IEEs, the EMPs, and any corrective or preventative actions set forth in a Safeguards Monitoring Report. (xiv) confirm to PMU that pre-works conditions are properly and adequately documented.

25 If contractor fails to submit SEMPs prior to commencement of works, the EMP in the IEE and contract documents will be applicable and used in monitoring compliance. None of the provisions of ADB-cleared IEE or EMP will be relaxed or lowered in the subsequent IEE revisions/updates or in the contractors SEMP.

(xv) ensure contractors and subcontractors undertake safeguards and OSH orientation upon mobilization. (xvi) ensure all workers are provided with OSH training prior to start of works and on a regular basis. (xvii) ensure strict implementation of OSH requirements including but not limited to contractors’ no personal protective equipment (PPE), no work policy. (xviii) require contractors to submit monthly environmental monitoring reports, including daily checklists, and review compliances with EMP/SEMPs. (xix) for non-compliances, discuss and coordinate with PMU on necessary corrective actions to be taken. (xx) disclose IEEs/EMPs/SEMPs in PIU websites, subproject locations and in a form accessible to the public. (xxi) ensure stakeholders engagement and conduct meaningful consultations throughout project implementation. (xxii) set up GRM, identify GRC members and develop capacity of GRC members in addressing environmental safeguards-related issues/concerns/complaints. (xxiii) ensure EHS engineers, contractors and subcontractors are informed of the GRM and comply with requirements on recordkeeping, reporting and addressing issues/concerns/complaints from communities and affected people. (xxiv) ensure any grievances brought about through the GRM is addressed in a timely manner. (xxv) ensure compliance with safeguards-related loan covenants. (xxvi) conduct periodic capacity building and training programs on safeguards and OSH for project stakeholders and other PIU members. (xxvii) submit regular environmental monitoring report to PMU (minimum is quarterly but may require more frequent submissions if there are non-compliances or corrective actions required). (xxviii) disclose relevant information from environmental monitoring reports and corrective action plans, if any, to affected persons promptly. (xxix) if any unanticipated environmental and/or social risks and impacts arise during construction, implementation or operation of the Project that were not considered in the IEEs or EMPs/SEMPs, promptly inform PMU of the occurrence of such risks or impacts, with detailed description of the event and proposed corrective action plan; and (xxx) report to PMU any breach of compliance with the measures and requirements set forth in the IEEs or EMP/SEMPs promptly after becoming aware of such breach.

3. PMU-Consultants. PMU consultant (PMU-C) teams will be engaged to support PMU and PIUs in the implementation of the Project and will have an environment team composed of five national experts (One Environmental Safeguards Specialist (ESS) in PMU, and four Environmental Safeguards Consultants (ESC) in four PIUs) for the duration of implementation. These personnel will provide technical support to the PMU and PIUs including implementation of the environmental requirements, according to ADB SPS, 2009, and assist in monitoring environmental and OHS impacts and mitigation measures associated with subprojects. The key responsibilities of the PMU-C environment team in supporting PMU and PIUs are, but not limited to: (i) updating subproject IEEs with respect to EMPs based on the detailed design; (ii) reviewing contractor’s SEMPs and OSH plans; (iii) monitoring of SEMPs and OSH plan implementation; (iv) assist PMU and PIU in preparing safeguard monitoring reports; and (v) prepare corrective action plan if any unanticipated environmental and/or social risks and impacts arise during project construction, implementation and operation. PMU-C environment team will provide needed training and capacity building support to the PMU and PIUs.

4. Civil works contracts and contractors. The IEEs and EMPs are to be included in bidding and contract documents and verified by the PIUs. The PMU and PIUs will ensure that contractors will comply with: (i) all applicable laws and regulations relating to environment, health and safety; (ii) reinstate pathways, other local infrastructure, and agricultural land to at least their pre-project condition upon the completion of construction; and (iii) all applicable labor laws and core labor standards on: (a) prohibition of child labor as defined in national legislation for construction and maintenance activities; (b) equal pay for equal work of equal value regardless of gender, ethnicity, or caste; (c) no discrimination in respect of

81 employment and occupation; (d) allow freedom of association and effectively recognize the right to collective bargaining and (e) elimination of forced labor; and with (iv) the requirement to disseminate information on sexually transmitted diseases, including HIV/AIDS, to employees and local communities surrounding the project sites.

5. Contractors are required to carry out all environmental mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in their contract and to undergo safeguards orientation during pre-construction phase. The contractor will be required to appoint a full-time Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Engineer (or equivalent) on site, to ensure implementation of EMP during civil works. Responsibilities of EHS engineer include: preparation of the SEMP and submitting it to the PIU after due endorsement by the Contractor’s Management. preparation of monitoring program consistent with the EMP monitoring program. ensure that a copy of the approved SEMP is available in each of the worksites. ensure daily monitoring report on SEMP? implementation from the construction sites. report to the Contractor Site Management on a daily basis the non-compliance to the conditions set out in the EMP/SEMP. These deviations constitute a failure in compliance and will require corrective actions. prepare monthly report on EMP implementation to the PIU after due endorsement by the Contractor’s Management. carry out induction training and periodic training for all contractor staff on EHS aspects related to their area of work. prepare the Contractor’s Health Safety Plan for each worksite and ensure implementation after it is duly adopted by the Contractor’s Management.

Figure 9 :: Environmental Safeguard Implementation Arrangement of JUWSIP

EHS= environment health and safety; PIU=project implementing unit; PMU-C= PMU Consultants

B. Capacity Building

The PMU consultants’ safeguards experts (environmental and social) will be responsible for training the (i) PMU safeguards officers (environmental and social); and (ii) PIUs’ engineers, environmental and social safeguards focal persons and contractors. Training modules will need to cover safeguards awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government

82 requirements. Table 24 : presents the outline of capacity building program to ensure EMP implementation. These capacity building and trainings will be conducted at the offices of PMU and PIU by the environmental safeguard specialist of PMU/PIU and their consultants, which are part of project implementation set-up, and therefore no separate or additional costs are envisaged. Adequate costs are already considered in project’s capacity building program. The detailed program and specific modules will be customized for the available skill set after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project by the PMU.

Table 24 : Outline Capacity Building Program on environment management plan implementation

Description Target Participants Duration Estimate Cost and and Venue and (₹) Source of Funds Frequency Introduction and Sensitization All staff and 1 day Included in Included in the to Environmental Issues consultants involved Once only the Project overall program ADB Safeguards Policy in the project. cost cost Statement At PMU (combined GOI and GOJ applicable program for all PIU) safeguard laws, regulations and policies including but not limited to core labor standards, OHS, COVID 19 guidance for construction sites etc. Incorporation of EMP into the project design and contracts Updating of the IEE based on the final detailed design. Monitoring, reporting and corrective action planning. Project GRM EMP implementation (1/2 All PIU staff, 1/ 2 day Included in To be conducted day) Contractor staff and Once at the Project by (PMU EMP implementation and consultants involved the cost consultant) at the monitoring measures. in the subproject. beginning PIU office; part of Institutional arrangement- At PIU of the project roles and responsibilities on project implementation environmental safeguards cost Preparation of site-specific EMP Public relations, meaningful consultation, information disclosure activities GRM Monitoring and reporting requirements Preparation of corrective action (if will be required by the project Construction site standard operating procedures (SOP) OHS plan-construction occupational health and safety plan.

Description Target Participants Duration Estimate Cost and and Venue and (₹) Source of Funds Frequency Chance finds (archaeological) protocol. ACM handling protocol Traffic management plan Waste management plan Site clean-up and restoration COVID 19 guidelines and training Contractors Orientation to Before start of work, ½ day Included in Contractors’ Workers and thereafter once at the the Project EHS officer to Implementation of mitigation regular briefing beginning cost conduct program, measures in the EMP every month once. of the with guidance of Construction occupational Daily briefing on project (consultants) health and safety safety practices COVID 19 safety training and prior to start of work. training logs to be All workers maintained. (including unskilled laborers) Daily short briefing on COVID 19 safety training prior to start of work. How about prior to start of operation EMP= environment management plan, IEE = initial environment examination, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, OHS, SOP= standard operating procedure.

C. Environmental Management Plan

The EMP will guide the environmentally-sound construction of the subproject and ensure efficient lines of communication between JUIDCO, PMU, PIU, consultants and Contractors. The EMP will (i) ensure that the activities are undertaken in a responsible non-detrimental manner; (i) provide a proactive, feasible and practical working tool to enable the measurement and monitoring of environmental performance on site; (ii) guide and control the implementation of findings and recommendations of the environmental assessment conducted for the subproject; (iii) detail specific actions deemed necessary to assist in mitigating the environmental impact of the subproject; (iv) ensure that safety recommendations are complied with, OHS plan for COVID 19 at construction site; and (v) Safety protocols defined by national / state/ international agency or communicable diseases/ pandemic shall be followed. The EMP identifies activities during: (i) site establishment and preliminary activities, including finalizing IEE/EMP; (ii) construction stage; and (iii) post-construction and operation stage of the project. Table 25,Table 26,Table 27,and Table 28outlines the mitigation measures, authority responsible for the implementation and parameters to be monitored during Design, Pre-Construction, Construction and Operation Phases respectively. It will include observations on and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. As mentioned, this EMP will be updated by PIU, with the assistance of the PMU-C during the final design of the project components.

D. Environment Management Plan Implementation Cost

Most of the mitigation measures require the contractors to adopt good site practices, which should be part of their normal procedures already, so there are unlikely to be major costs associated with compliance. The costs which are specific to EMP implementation and are not covered elsewhere in the projects are given in Table 31.

Table 25: Design Stage Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Cost and Responsible for Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring of Mitigation Source of Implementation Funds Design of Unsustainable Ensure compliance with the Final design review to water supply source: resource & following during the detailed check compliance. system energy use, design: 2 Check design of the The water requirement for the pumphouse entire population of Ranchi city has been considered from the Rukha Reservoir. This would reduce the dependence of the population on groundwater resources; The pressure on groundwater resources would reduce. Design of water supply system to These measures deliver quality of water at are already consumer end complying with included in the Indian drinking water standards (IS preliminary 10500-2012) designs. Part of project (i) Locating components and Contractor to costs facilities appropriately by follow, enhance avoiding sensitive where possible. locations like forests (ii) Use of design mechanisms PMU to ensure to reduce entrapment of compliance. the fish and aquatic life. (iii) Using low-noise and energy efficient pumping systems (iv) No usage of asbestos containing materials in the project. (v) Designs of project component structures complying with relevant codes of design such as

Cost and Responsible for Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring of Mitigation Source of Implementation Funds Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) specifications for earthquake resistant design (IS: 1893: Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures). (vi) For the water quantity, a flow meter should be included in the design to ensure that the water abstraction from reservoir is limited to approved quantity. (vii) Provision of appropriate personal protection equipment to the workers and staff.

Provision of perforated screens (6 These measures i) Checking of Design mm diameter or as appropriate) in are already the entrance of the sump to avoid included in the fish trapping. preliminary - designs. Design of (During design verification and Part of project Intake Fish trapping finalization, the intake arrangement Contractor to costs arrangement fish guards’ arrangement shall be follow, enhance reviewed and upgraded with where possible. appropriate screen to avoid entry of aquatic organisms into inlet.) PMU to ensure compliance. Electrical transformers and Powerline design and Use of PCBs in equipment containing PCBs shall transformer specifications transformers and Contractor and not be procured / used in the electrical equipment. PMU in Power supply subproject. PMU shall ensure that Project costs coordination with the specification for procurement Collision and JBVNL of transformers and equipment electrocution risk to should confirm to this provision.

Cost and Responsible for Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Monitoring of Mitigation Source of Implementation Funds birds at transmission lines Provide powerlines with insulated caps and insulted cables.

CPEEHO= Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering, GOI= Government of India, GOJ= Government of Jharkhand, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, PMU-C= project management unit consultant, GOI= Government of India, GOJ= Government of Jharkhand, RMC = Ranchi Municipal Corporation.

Table 26: Pre-Construction Stage Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds Submission of Unsatisfactory Appoint Safeguards (Environmental, Contractor in Submission and Cost for updated compliance to Health and Safety or EHS) Engineer to supervision of PIU approval of implementation environmental EMP ensure EMP implementation. SEMP of mitigation management Submission of updated EMP/site-specific measures plan (EMP)/ site environmental management plan (SEMP); responsibility specific and of Contractor. environmental Timely submission of monthly monitoring management reports including documentary evidence plan (SEMP); on EMP implementation such as EMP photographs. implementation and reporting Legal compliance Environmental (i)Obtain all consents, clearances As indicated in Table Copy of the Project Cost legal (CTE/CTO from JSPCB), permits NOCs 12 Permit/ Consent noncompliance etc. before start of construction works. to be submitted may Ensure that all necessary approvals for with SEMR construction to be obtained by contractor are in place before start of construction (Refer Table 13in this report) (ii)Following consents are required- Tree cutting-local authority Storage, handling, and transport of hazardous materials-JSPCB.

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds Sand mining, quarries, borrow areas- Department of mines and Geology. Traffic diversion/road cutting- local authority, traffic police. (iii)Acknowledge in writing and provide report on compliance all obtained consents, permits, clearance, NOCs etc. (intake works) (iv)Include in detailed design drawings and documents all conditions and provisions; if necessary Location of intake Degradation of Select a construction methodology that is Contractor (i) Construction Cost for in Rukha water quality of least disturbing, and appropriate for the in- methodology for implementation reservoir Rukha situ soil condition, and able to complete the intake of mitigation Reservoir due construction work prior to onset of construction measures to intake works monsoon. (iii) Records of responsibility Schedule the construction works during water quality of contractor. low water level period–late winter months inspection. to pre monsoon (February–June/July); (iv) ensure that works are completed during Effectiveness of the same period to prior to onset of water monsoon. management Erect silt fences to form enclosed measures. construction area with least disturbance. Seepage water in sump or water (v)No visible accumulated in the excavation of forebay degradation of channel should be allowed adequate time water quality to settle the suspended solids prior to pumping out water; only clear/clarified water shall be pumped back into the reservoir; any silt laden water should be pumped to a temporary settling tank. Avoid/minimize use of fuels, chemicals, and lubricants; ensure no spillage. Clear the work site after completion at least to pre project conditions, ensure that there are no materials, debris, spills etc., and

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds prior to removal of temporary barriers/coffer dam; and Implement work site safety at works in water body.

Chance finds Damage / Construction Contractors to follow these Contractor in Chance find Part of project disturbance to measures in conducting any excavation coordination with PIU protocol. costs artifacts work. and RMC Create awareness among the workers, Awareness supervisors and engineers about the training to chance finds during excavation work. workers Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected. Inform State Archaeological Department if a find is suspected and taking any action, they require to ensure its removal or protection in situ. Requirement of Tree -Sites/ pipeline alignment is selected so PMU with the Permission of tree cutting cutting/pruning that minimum tree cutting is required assistance of PMU-C felling from may result loss - Permission from Forest Department to Forest of aesthetics be obtained prior to felling of trees Department and increase in -- Provision for compensatory plantations GoJ. dust / air to be done, as applicable Included in pollution - Proper compliance of the process for the Compensatory Project Cost tree cutting from Forest Department Afforestation including compensatory plantation initiated and requirements. At a minimum 10 trees will progress to be be planted for every tree cut. reported in SEMP Environmental To establish Environmental baseline monitoring Contractor in Submission of Cost for monitoring of base line through NABL approved laboratory. supervision of PIU Environmental implementation baseline environmental Before commencement of monitoring Baseline of mitigation conditions of air, conditions contractor should submit the details of Monitoring measures noise, water, and identified locations. Results responsibility soil of Contractor.

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds Utilities Telephone Identify and include locations and Contractor with PIU Utility shifting Project costs – lines, electric operators of these utilities in the detailed collaboration. PMU to Plan general poles, and design documents to prevent ensure compliance construction existing rising unnecessary disruption of services during practice mains within construction phase; and proposed Require Contractors to prepare a project area contingency plan to include actions to be taken in case of unintentional interruption of services. Identify the exact location of the pipelines from the existing WTP to Ranchi in consultation with DW&SD, GOJ. Consider horizontal drilling to prevent any damage to the existing pipeline. Construction Reservoir, -Construction camp, stockpile areas, Contractor to identify Construction Part of project work camps, ecology, and storage areas and disposal areas should locations following the Camp and costs stockpile areas, nearby be away from reservoir and nearby criteria. stockpiles in storage areas, households households. Monitoring and disposal reports -All these should be located at least 100 PIU to ensure areas. m from the reservoir and residential compliance and areas. approve -Reuse maximum excavated material in the construction site itself, if any debris left out it should be disposed more than 500m away from the river/ any water body. -To stabilize the dump grass plantation to be done, to avoid any erosion. Arrangement of soak pits should be made in the construction camp. Mobile toilets are recommended, or septic arrangement should be made by the contractor. Avoid use of fuels, chemicals & lubricants, ensure no spillage near to the reservoir.

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds Arrangement of oil collector in the storage area. MSW from construction camp should be disposed at municipal bins. Arrangement of tarpaulin should be made to cover the stockpile. Avoid erosion from excavated topsoil and during construction near to the reservoir. Arrangement of temporary bunds and drains near to the reservoir and grass plantation or cover with tarpaulin to the topsoil. Sources of Extraction of Obtain construction materials only from Contractor in Detailed of Project cost- Materials materials can government approved quarries with prior supervision of PIU material sources disrupt natural approval of PIU. and quantities, land contours PIU to review and ensure that proposed and source and vegetation quarry sources have all necessary compliance with resulting in clearances/ permissions in place prior to rules and accelerated approval. regulations erosion, Contractor to submit to PIU monthly disturbance in documentation ono prepare list of natural approved quarry sites and sources of drainage materials with the approval of PIU patterns, material obtained from each source ponding and (quarry/ borrow pit) water logging, Avoid creation of new borrow areas, and water quarries etc., for the project; if pollution. unavoidable, Contractor to obtain all clearances and permissions as required under law, including environmental clearance prior to approval by PIU Asbestos Health impacts DW&SD has confirmed that most of the Contractor/PMU Records of ACM Project costs containing due to air borne existing pipes are wither GI or MS. / AC pipes (if material in asbestos if However, in unlikely case encountering encountered existing in handled ACM, following measures shall be during works), existing water unsafely, cut, implemented: and ACM

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds supply system: drilled or (i) All asbestos containing pipes and Management clearing, transfer broken into material should be left in situ (untouched) Plan and disposal; pieces and new pipes (all non-ACM) should be laid next to any existing pipes. During the detailed design of the rising mains, and prior to civil works, in consultation with DW&SD, the contractor to prepare detailed construction drawings/ site / GIS map showing the alignment of asbestos cement pipes. (ii) The procedure should involve. (iii) Training of all personnel (including manual laborers) to enable them to understand the dangers of asbestos cement pipes and to be able to recognize them in situ. (iv) Reporting procedures to inform PIU immediately if asbestos cement pipes are encountered. (v) Development and application of a detailed health and safety procedure in the occurrence of accidental release of asbestos cement fibers to protect both workers and citizens. This should comply with national and international standards for dealing with asbestos and should include: (a) removal of all persons to a safe distance; (b) usage of appropriate breathing apparatus and protective equipment by persons delegated to deal with the asbestos cement material; and (c) Procedures for the safe removal and long-term disposal of all asbestos- containing material encountered

Monitoring of Cost and Anticipated Responsible for Activity/Aspect Mitigation Measures Mitigation Source of Impact Implementation Funds Preparation of Various Prepare traffic management plan. Preparation and plans and impacts Prepare occupational health and safety approval of protocols plan, including COVID19 H&S Plan plans Prepare spoils management plan

EHS= Environment health and safety, IEE= initial environment examination, NABL= National Accreditation Board for Testing Calibration Laboratories, NOC= no objection certificate, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, PPE= personal protective equipment, SEMP= site-specific environmental management plan, SOP= standard operating procedures, USEPA= United States Environmental protection Agency.

Table 27: Construction Stage Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds EMP Irreversible impact to Project manager and all key workers PMC, PMU-C (i) Certificate of Cost of EMP Implementation the environment, will be required to undergo training on and Completion Implementation Training workers, and EMP implementation including Contractor’s (Safeguards Orientation community spoils/waste management, Standard Environmental Compliance Training to operating procedures (SOP) for Specialists to Orientation) Contractor is construction works; occupational conduct the (ii) Posting of responsibility health and safety (OH&S), core labor trainings Certification of of PMU. laws, applicable environmental laws, Completion at etc. worksites Other costs (iii) Posting of EMP at responsibility worksites of Contractor. Sources of Extraction of Use material sources permitted by Contractor in Detailed of material Project cost- Materials materials can disrupt government only. supervision of sources and quantities, natural land contours Verify suitability of all material sources PIU and source compliance and vegetation and obtain approval of PIU; and with rules and resulting in Submit to PIU monthly documentation regulations accelerated erosion, of sources of materials. If contractor is disturbance in natural purchasing ready mix concrete, drainage patterns, asphalt/macadam, and aggregates ponding and water from third party, contractor will assure

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds logging, and water that all the parties/ suppliers are pollution. having CTE/CTO from JSPCB and will collect the copy of these certificates and submit to PIU/consultants. Air Quality Emissions from Plan the work sites properly, and Contractor (i) Location of Cost for construction vehicles, demarcate the sites for stockpiling of, stockpiles. implementation equipment, and soils, gravel, and other construction (ii) Complaints from of mitigation machinery used for materials away from the traffic, sensitive receptors. measures vehicle, general worker movement to installation of (iii) Heavy equipment responsibility avoid disturbance of loose materials. pipelines resulting to and machinery with air of Contractor. Damp down exposed soil and any dusts and increase in pollution control stockpiled material on site by water concentration of devices. Air quality sprinkling. vehicle-related monitoring Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other (iv) Certification that pollutants such as costs are loose material when transported by vehicles are compliant carbon monoxide, included in the trucks. with Air Act sulfur oxides, EMP costs of Clean wheels and undercarriage of (v) Reports of air particulate matter, project nitrous oxides, and haul trucks prior to leaving quality monitoring hydrocarbons. construction site. Don't allow access in the work area except workers to limit soil disturbance and prevent access by barricading and security personnel. Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices and ensure they are in proper conditions so that the equipment complies to the pollution control requirements. Contractor’s vehicles and equipment should compulsorily have Pollution Under Control (PUC) and submit to PIU before deployment at site. Obtain, CTE and CTO for batching plant, hot mix plant, crushers and Diesel Generator set etc. if specifically established for this project.

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds If contractor procures any material (such as ready-mix concrete, asphalt/macadam, aggregates etc.), from third party agencies, contractor shall ensure that such agencies have all necessary clearances/permissions as required under the law; these include CTE/CTO from JSPCB, environmental clearance, etc.; contractor shall collect the copy of these certificates and submit to PIU; PIU will approve the source only after all the certificates are submitted; and` Conduct air quality monitoring according to the EMP. Surface water Mobilization of settled Avoid excavation working during rains. Contractor in (i) Areas for stockpiles, Cost for quality silt materials, Prepare and implement a spoils supervision of storage of fuels and implementation construction of coffer management plan (Appendix 10). PIU lubricants and waste of mitigation dam and chemical Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially materials. measures contamination from during the monsoon season unless (ii) Number of silt traps responsibility fuels and lubricants covered by tarpaulins or plastic installed along trenches of Contractor. during installation of sheets. leading to water bodies. Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and pipelines can (iii) Records of surface Water quality materials in the construction works. If contaminate nearby water quality monitoring spoils will be disposed, consult with surface water quality. inspection. costs are PIU on designated disposal areas. included in the Inspect all the drainage at construction (iv) Effectiveness of EMP costs of site/construction camp/labor camp etc. water management project and clear all the drainage lines so that measures. no water stagnation/flooding may (v)No visible occur during heavy rainfall. degradation to nearby As for a possible avoid trench works drainages, nallahs or and excavation works (pipe laying) water bodies due to during monsoon season to avoid any civil works water logging and accident due to it. If open trenches are not avoidable during monsoon, keep ready all the

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds mitigations measure to avoid waterlogging such as dewatering pumps and sufficient pipes, traffic assistance, barricades etc. Inspect and verify all the emergency measures and emergency control system before start of monsoon, keep the emergency response committee on high alert during monsoon/heavy rain fall. Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies. Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies. A temporary secured hazardous material handling and waste storage area should be provided at pumphouse site. As part of a design feature, a permanent secured (‘bunded’) impermeable surface and dykes capable of carrying 110% volume of materials for accidental spills or leakage should be constructed and maintained Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities as per the guidance presented in Appendix 21 Guidelines for Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste Municipal Solid Waste and Construction and Demolition Waste; and Conduct surface quality inspection and monitoring according to the EMP.

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds Surface water Degradation of water Select a construction methodology Contractor (i) Construction Cost for quality quality of Rukha that is least disturbing, and appropriate methodology for intake implementation Reservoir due to for the in-situ soil condition, and able to construction of mitigation intake works complete the construction work prior to (iii) Records of water measures onset of monsoon. quality inspection. responsibility Schedule the construction works (iv) Effectiveness of of contractor. during low water level period – late water management winter months to pre monsoon measures. (February–June/July); ensure that works are completed during the same (v)No visible period to prior to onset of monsoon. degradation of water Erect coffer dam to form enclosed quality construction area with least disturbance. Develop a settling tank of adequate capacity, allow adequate time to settle the distributed solids to prior to pumping out water; only clear/clarified water shall be pumped back into the reservoir; any silt laden water should be pumped to a silt pond. Avoid/minimize use of fuels, chemicals, and lubricants; ensure no spillage. Clear the work site after completion at least to pre project conditions, ensure that there are no materials, debris, spills etc., and prior to removal of temporary barriers/coffer dam; and Implement work site safety at works in water bodies. Impervious material or clayey soil in gunny bags to be used. Outer area of coffer dam should be covered with thick plastic sheets to minimize the turbidity.

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds Avoid discharge of turbid water directly to the reservoir. Inspection and maintenance of disturbed area where mobilization and barrier installation occur for sediment control measures. Barrier structures are of sufficient height to prevent waves or overflows from flooding in the enclosed area.

Noise and Increase in noise Plan activities in consultation with PIU Contractor in (i)Complaints from Cost for Vibration Levels level due to earth- so that activities with the greatest supervision of sensitive receptors. implementation moving and potential to generate noise are PIU (ii) Use of silencers in of mitigation excavation conducted during periods of the day noise-producing measures equipment, and the which will result in least disturbance. equipment and sound responsibility transportation of Horns should not be used unless it is barriers. of Contractor. necessary to warn other road users or equipment, materials, (iii) Equivalent day and animals of the vehicle’s approach. and people nighttime noise levels As far as possible use new construction machineries and keep all the old machineries in good and maintained state. Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise- reducing mufflers, and use portable street barriers to minimize sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dBA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s. Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity.

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds Conduct Noise monitoring according to the EMP.

Landscape and Impacts due to Presently there is no requirement for Contractor in (i) Complaints from Cost for aesthetics excess excavated tree felling. However, during the final supervision of sensitive receptors. implementation earth, excess design a need arises Take all the PIU (ii) Worksite clear of of mitigation construction efforts to reduce number of trees hazardous wastes such measures materials, and solid cutting by amending design.; no trees as oil/fuel responsibility or vegetation should be waste such as (iii) Worksite clear of of Contractor. removed/cleared outside the actual removed concrete, any excess excavated construction work area. wood, packaging earth, excess Compensatory plantation (if trees are materials, empty construction materials, cut) in the ratio of 1:10 is required to containers, spoils, and solid waste such increase landscape and aesthetics. Of oils, lubricants, and as removed concrete, the sites where tree cutting has been other similar items. wood, packaging done. Only local variety of trees which materials, empty are beneficial to the community and do containers not deplete the groundwater should be planted. Prepare and implement spoils management plan. Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils. Follow the spoils management plan presented in Appendix 10. Coordinate with RMC for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas. Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites. Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling, and disposal to designated areas. Implement the specific guidance provided in Appendix 21 Guidelines for Storage, Handling and

100

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds Disposal of Hazardous Waste Municipal Solid Waste and Construction and Demolition Waste Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures which are no longer required; and Request PIU to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work. Ecological Loss of vegetation Presently no tree cutting is envisaged. Contractor in PIU to report in writing Cost for Resources – and tree cover However, during detailed design if supervision of the no of trees cut and implementation Terrestrial there is a requirement for felling of PIU planted. of mitigation trees, the following would be measures implemented: responsibility Avoid removal of vegetation / tree of Contractor. cutting. If unavoidable, minimize as far as possible, and obtain tree-cutting permit. Plant trees as decided by Forest department, GOJ. Follow the process as per the rules of Department of Forest, GOJ Plant 10 native trees for every one that is removed. Accessibility Traffic problems and (i) Prepare and implement a Contractor in (i) Traffic route during Cost for conflicts near project traffic management plan supervision of construction works implementation locations and haul (TMP) - Appendix 11. PIU including number of of mitigation road (ii) Plan transportation routes so permanent signages, measures that heavy vehicles do not use barricades and flagmen responsibility narrow local roads, except in on worksite. of Contractor. the immediate vicinity of (ii) Complaints from delivery sites. sensitive receptors.

101

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds (iii) Schedule transport and (iii) Number of signages hauling activities during non- placed at project peak hours. location. (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion. (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions. (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner. (vii) Coordinate with traffic police/ National Highway for temporary road diversions/ crossing and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and (viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. (ix) Provide pedestrian access in all the locations until normalcy is restored. Provide wooden/metal planks over the open trenches at each house to maintain the access.

Socio- Generate temporary Employ local labour force, or to the Contractor in (i) Employment Cost for Economic – employment and maximum extent possible supervision of records. implementation Employment increase in local Comply with labor laws PIU (ii) Records of sources of mitigation revenue of materials measures.

102

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds (iii) Compliance to labor responsibility laws (see Appendix 12 of Contractor of this IEE) Socio- Impede the access of Prepare and implement spoils Contractor (i) Complaints from Contractor Economic – residents and management plan (SMP) - Appendix sensitive receptors. Income. customers to nearby 10; ensure that there is no (ii) Spoils management shops unnecessary obstruction due to soil, plan debris on the site. (iii) Number of Provide walkways and metal sheets walkways, signages, where required to maintain access and metal sheets across for people and vehicles. placed at project Provide sign boards for pedestrians to location. inform nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Occupational Occupational hazards (xxxiv) Comply with all Construction (i) Site-specific OHS Cost for Health and which can arise national, state and local Contractor Plan; implementation Safety during work labor laws (see Appendix (ii)Equipped first-aid of mitigation 10). stations; measures (xxxv) Following best (iii) Medical insurance responsibility coverage for workers; of contractor. practice health and safety (iv)Number of guidelines: IFC’s General accidents; EHS Guidelines, WHO (v) Supplies of potable Interim Guidance (and its drinking water; updates) on Water, (vi) Clean eating areas Sanitation, Hygiene and where workers are not Waste management for exposed to hazardous the COVID19 virus or noxious substances; (Appendix 20), and (vii) record of H&S Sector Specific (Water orientation trainings (viii) personal protective equipment; (ix) % of moving equipment outfitted with

103

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds and Sanitation) audible back-up Guidelines26. alarms; (xxxvi) Considering the (xi) permanent sign epidemic situation the boards for hazardous following guidelines areas such as energized electrical should be followed: devices and lines, service rooms housing (xxxvii) Mandatory thermal high voltage scanning of everyone equipment, and areas entering and exiting a for storage and construction site area. disposal. (xxxviii) Provision for hand (xii) Compliance to core wash & sanitizer (touch labor laws (see free recommended) will Appendix 14 of this be made at all entry and IEE) exit points and common areas. Everyone will be required to wash & sanitize his/her hands before entering the site. Same procedure to be followed after exiting the premise. (xxxix) All workers may be advised to take care of their own health and look out for respiratory symptoms/fever and, if feeling unwell, should leave the workplace immediately after

26 https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/83217cd8-b9a5-4383-97b5-5af26182b3b8/2007+Water+and+Sanitation.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=m3CdtQr

104

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds informing their reporting officers. (xl) They should observe home-quarantine as per the guidelines issued by MoHFW and should immediately inform the nearest health centre. (xli) Everyone entering the site area should mandatorily wear a face mask and hand gloves, detail guidelines provided in Appendix 13. (xlii) Regular safety protocols defined by national / state/ international agency or communicable diseases/ pandemic shall be followed. (xliii) Develop and implement site-specific occupational health and safety (OHS) plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment; (c) OHS Training for all site

105

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work- related accidents. (xliv) Conduct work in confine spaces, trenches, and at height with suitable precautions and using standards and safe construction methods; do not adopt adhoc methods; all trenches deeper than 1.5 m shall be provided with safety shoring/braces; and avoid open cutting method for trenches deeper than 3.5 m by adopting trenchless technology. (xlv) Ensure that qualified first aid is provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site. (xlvi) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers.

106

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds (xlvii) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; and (xlviii) The project area experiences extreme temperature during summer months of April and May, which may affect the health of workers engaged in construction work. Contractor should take necessary measures during summers including the following: (xlix) Work schedule should be adjusted to avoid peak temperature hours (12 -3 PM). (l) Provide appropriate shade near the workplace; allow periodic resting and provide adequate water; and (li) Provide necessary medicine and facilities to take care of dehydration related health issues. (lii) Provide supplies of potable drinking water. (liii) Provide clean eating areas where workers are

107

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances. (liv) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers. (lv) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted. (lvi) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas. (lvii) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms. (lviii) Mark and provide sign boards for

108

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate. (lix) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively. (lx) Conduct regular health check-ups for workers. (lxi) Provide periodical awareness camps and special trainings for workers for health issues and risks in construction sites; and (lxii) During working in River, workers should be made aware of risks of

109

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds water depth, currents and dangerous areas of water should be properly marked by fix or floating barricades and signage of danger. Workers should also be made aware for protection of biodiversity of the water and fishing should be strictly prohibited. A boat should be made available at site for transport of labour and materials and should be well maintained for any emergency condition. Workers should not be allowed to dip or bath in water of dam. Suitable working platform should be provided during construction works in water. (lxiii) Develop and implement site-specific occupational health and safety (OHS) Plan which shall include measures such as: (a) safe and documented construction procedures to be followed for all site activities; (b) ensuring all workers are

110

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds provided with and use personal protective equipment; (c) OHS Training for all site personnel, (d) excluding public from the work sites; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents; Follow international standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines; (lxiv) Ladder and scaffolding used should conform to the provisions of IS 3696 Part I (Scaffolds) Part II (Ladders) (lxv) Workers should be provided with Personnel Protective equipment e.g., safety helmet (IS 2925), footwear (ISO 20345: 2004 Part-2), rubber gloves (IS 4770: 1991). (lxvi) Provide safety helmets, clothing and gumboots for all personnel including the Engineer’s Representative and each

111

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds of his staff and any authorized visitors to the site; The retaining structure of cofferdam should be made up of good material and of adequate strength. Provide with adequate means for worker to reach safety in the event of an inrush of water or material. The construction, positioning, modification and dismantling of cofferdam shall take place only under the immediate supervision of competent person. Cofferdam shall be inspected by a competent person at regular interval for structural failures. Community Traffic accidents and Confine work areas: prevent public Contractor in (i) Traffic Management Cost for Health and vehicle collision with access to all areas where construction supervision of Plan. implementation Safety. pedestrians during works are ongoing using hard PIU (ii) Complaints from of mitigation material and waste barricading and security personnel. sensitive receptors measures transportation Provide warning signs, blinkers to the responsibility barricading to caution the public about of Contractor. the hazards associated with the works, and presence of deep excavation. Do not allow any stagnant water during rains at site to prevent mosquito breeding. Control dust pollution – implement dust control measures as suggested under air quality section. Ensure appropriate and safe passage for pedestrians along the work sites. Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of ongoing trenching activities.

112

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds Restrict construction vehicle movements to defined access roads and demarcated working areas (unless in the event of an emergency). Enforce strict speed limit (20-30 kmph) for plying on unpaved roads, construction tracks. Where traffic is diverted around crossings, traffic control or careful selection of the exit from the working areas will be provided with the aim of ensuring that vehicles join the road in a safe manner. At sensitive locations particularly at residential areas, awareness of safety issues will be raised through neighborhood awareness meetings. Conduct noise-generating activities in daytime only and intermittently so that excessive noise may not cause health impact to people. All drivers and equipment operators will undergo safety training; and Regularly maintain the construction equipment and vehicles; use manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

Provide prior information to the local people about the nature and duration of work. Conduct awareness program on safety during the construction work. Provide hard barricades and deploy security personnel to ensure safe

113

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds movement of people and also to prevent unnecessary entry and to avoid accidental fall into open trenches. Establishment Pollution, health and (i) Consult PIU before locating Contractor Monitoring of the Camp Establishment of Contractors safety issues, social project offices, sheds, and of Contractors workers camp conflicts construction plants. workers camp (ii) Minimize removal of Unsanitary and poor vegetation and disallow cutting of living conditions for trees. workers (iii) Provide drinking water, water for other uses, and sanitation facilities for employees. (iv) Provided temporary rest and eating area at all work sites. (v) Ensure conditions of livability at work camps are maintained at the highest standards possible at all times; living quarters and construction camps shall be provided with standard materials (as far as possible to use portable ready to fit-in reusable cabins with proper ventilation); thatched huts, and facilities constructed with materials like GI sheets, tarpaulins, etc., shall not be used as accommodation for workers; accommodation shall meet the IFC standards for workers accommodation which include: provision of safe housing, availability of electricity, plumbing, water and sanitation, adequate fire protection and dormitory/room facilities;; workers with accompanying families shall be provided with a proper and safe

114

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds accommodation (IFC benchmark standards for workers accommodation is provided in Appendix 11); (vi) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood. (vii) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially cause soil contamination. (viii) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; A temporary secured hazardous material handling and waste storage area should be provided at pumphouse site. As part of a design feature, a permanent secured (‘bunded’) impermeable surface and dykes capable of carrying 110% of volume of material stored. (ix) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas. (x) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures which are no longer required; and (xi) Report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre- project conditions before acceptance of work. Debris Disposal Pollution of water (i) Prepare a Debris and Spoils Contractor Monitoring report Debris body and Management based on the Guidance Disposal presented in Appendix 10: Sample

115

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds inconvenience to local Outline Spoils (Construction Waste) population Management Plan The site shall be selected preferably from barren, infertile lands. In case agricultural land needs to be selected, top-soil stripping, stacking and preservation should be undertaken prior to initiation of any activities. (ii) Debris disposal site shall be at least 500 m away from surface water bodies. (iii) No residential areas shall be located within 100 m downwind side of the site. (iv) The site is minimum 500 m away from sensitive locations like hospitals, religious places, ponds/lakes or other water bodies: and (v) The local governing body and community shall be consulted while selecting the site Night Works Public inconvenience Prepare a night work protocol and Contractor Night work plan / due to traffic obtain prior approval from PIU, and protocol submitted by diversion, disturbance strictly implement and report on contractor and due to excessive implementation of protocol during the approved by noise and access workers. PIU/Consultant loss, occupational Contractors should have handheld health, and safety noise level meter for measurement of issues etc noise during night hours. Contractors should have handheld lux meter for the measurement of illumination during night hours. Preferably electrical connection is available for running equipment

116

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds otherwise soundproof/super silent Diesel Generator set should be available. Sound level should not increase as prescribe by CPCB. Illumination should be as prescribed in protocol. As far as possible ready-mix concrete from batching plant to be used, otherwise the concrete should be prepared away from residential areas and brought to the site. All the noisy activities like hammering, cutting, crushing, running of heavy equipment should be done in daytime and avoided in nighttime. Workers engaged in night works should have adequate rest/sleep in daytime before start of night works. Worker engaged for night works should have previous experience of night works and should be physically fit for such works including clear vision in night. All the necessary provisions of traffic aids such as traffic signals, road signage, barricades, cautions boards, traffic diversion boards etc. should be available with fluorescent/retro- reflective arrangements. Workers should be trained before start of night works about risks and hazards of night works and their mitigation measures and should be provided all the protective aids

117

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds (PPEs) including fluorescent/retro- reflective vests. Horns should not be permitted by equipment and vehicles. Workers should not shout and create noise. First aid and emergency vehicles should be available at site. Emergency preparedness plan should be operative during night works. Old persons and pregnant women and women having small kids should not work in nighttime. All the vehicles and equipment being used at night works should have adequate type of silencers/enclosures/mufflers to reduce noise. All the vehicles should be checked for working head lamps, tail lamps, inner lights etc. before start of night works. PIU/CMSC site engineers and contractor’s safety personnel should closely monitor the safety of works continuously and noise and illumination levels on hourly basis and maintain photographic and video graphic records as well as register the observations. Night works should be stopped early in the morning at least one hour before start of pedestrian/traffic movement. After completion of night works all the site should be cleaned and

118

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds maintained obstruction free for daytime movement of vehicles and pedestrians Drivers and workers should be alert and responsive during night works. All the wages to workers working in night hours should be as per the applicable labour acts. Avoid any nuisance which may create problems to nearby habitants and work peacefully during night hours. Night works should not be conducted near hospitals and during peak seasons such as peak tourist season, students’ exam times etc. Post- Damage due to Remove all spoils wreckage, rubbish, Contractor in ? Cost for construction debris, spoils, excess or temporary structures (such as supervision of implementation clean-up construction materials buildings, shelters, and latrines) which PIU of mitigation are no longer required. measures All excavated roads shall be responsibility reinstated to original condition. of Contractor. All disrupted utilities restored. All affected structures rehabilitated/compensated. The area that previously housed the construction camp is to be checked for spills of substances such as oil, paint, etc. and these shall be cleaned up. All hardened surfaces within the construction camp area shall be ripped, all imported materials removed, and the area shall be top soiled and regressed.

119

Cost and Responsible Monitoring of Activity/Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Source of for Mitigation Mitigation Funds The Contractor must arrange the cancellation of all temporary services. Restore the work sites to pre-project conditions; PIU to approve in writing that site is restored

EMP= environment management plan, GOJ= Government of Jharkhand, IEE= initial environment examination, OH&S=occupational health and safety, NABL = National Accreditation Board for Testing Calibration Laboratories PIU= project implementation unit, PMC= project management consultant, PMU-C = project management unit Consultant PPE= personal protective equipment, PUC= pollution under control, SOP= standard operating procedures.

Table 28: Operation Stage Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Responsibl Monitoring of Cost and Source Activity/ Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures e for Mitigation of Funds Mitigation Public and workers Environmental Develop and implement an O& M O&M PMU, PIU and No costs required safety pollution on air, Manual of the Intake Arrangements. Contractor RMC water, noise and Basic information that should be land, and public included in the O&M plan are: (a) disturbance from the standard operating procedure of all the O&M activities of the equipment and unit operations in the water supply project- treatment plant; (ii) cleaning procedures treatment plant and and frequency; (iii) responsible distribution network personnel; maintenance and repairs schedule; and (v) forms and checklist for routine inspection. Site inspection checklist to review implementation is appended at Appendix 17 Check for blockage Loss of water, Effective leak detection and water Contractor, PIU and Operation costs and leakage increased demand, auditing to reduce the water losses. PIU and respective ULB problems reducing and inconvenience to Inclusion of SCADA in the design of the respective the water losses consumers & public project. RMC

120

Responsibl Monitoring of Cost and Source Activity/ Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures e for Mitigation of Funds Mitigation Water Impacts on public Ensure protection of water source PMU in PMU in Operating costs contamination – health quality, any entry of wastewater into the coordination coordination raw water river/reservoir upstream of intake point with with DW & SD contamination at sites should be prevented. The O&M of DW & SD, source the intake structure will include: (a) PIU and PIU and RMC regular checking of blockage and Respective breakage of intake conduit and pumps; (b) cleaning of screenings and side channels, and (c) monitoring of the water level. For the water quantity, a flow meter should be included in the design to ensure that the water abstraction is monitored and recorded to ensure that it does not exceed the allocated abstraction. Conduct regular monitoring of raw water to identify & quantify any suspicious inorganic or organic material that may hamper the system. Regular monitoring will help in correct dosing and ensuring that water supplied always meets the drinking water standards (Appendix 4) Asset management Reduction in NRW Preparation of O & M Manual Contractor RMC RMC Cost Increased efficiency of the system Discharge of Create turbidity in Regular monitoring of turbidity near to Contractor PIU and RMC Operating costs suspended solids reservoir and impact the forebay channel or discharge point. from trash rack on aquatic ecology Discharge to be maintain for short duration no continuous discharge should be allowed, it helps in settling the suspended solids.

Increase in sewage Water pollution, and Sanitation facilities needs to be PIU and To be identified by generation impacts on public improved at community level and at the RMC RMC

121

Responsibl Monitoring of Cost and Source Activity/ Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures e for Mitigation of Funds Mitigation health and city level to meet the increased sewage environment demand. Separated strategies are being conceived for sewage treatment by the GOJ from the domestic budgetary support Occupational Health, social and To avoid risks and hazards to workers, Contractor PIU and RMC Operating costs health and safety economic impacts on the contractors should prepare OHS the workers plan during O&M, including emergency response procedures for chemical spill, fire, earthquake, etc. Handling and storage chemicals should be in accordance with the Material Safety Data Sheet. Also, prepare and implement the safety procedures of handling chlorine based on national and international standards such as the World Bank’s Group General EHS Guidelines and EHS Guidelines for Water and Sanitation. Provide appropriate PPE to workers & training on its proper use. Use fall protection equipment when working at heights. Maintain work areas to minimize slipping and tripping hazards. Implement a training program for operators who work with chlorine regarding safe handling practices and emergency response procedures. Prepare escape plans from areas where there might be a chlorine emission. Prohibit eating, smoking, and drinking except in designated areas.

122

Responsibl Monitoring of Cost and Source Activity/ Aspect Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures e for Mitigation of Funds Mitigation Monitoring of Random sampling at Water Quality Analysis– Collecting Daily or as O&M operator O&M Cost Physical & sump representative sample and Physical & often as PIU and RMC Chemical quality of Chemical testing of Parameter from practicable water abstracted NABL approved laboratory as per CPHEEO manual: pH, TDS, Turbidity, Electrical Conductivity. Intake arrangement Impact on intake ● Day to day monitoring of the intake Daily O&M operator Operating costs arrangement and arrangement which include, but not PIU and RMC operators limited to regular checking of blockage and breakage of intake conduit and pumps; (b) cleaning of screenings and silt trap, and (c) monitoring of the water level and flow velocity. For the water quantity, a flow meter should be included in the design to ensure that the water abstraction is monitored and recorded to ensure that it does not exceed the allocated abstraction. ● Use of PPE by the operators. Training to operators regarding safety during O&M. Survival rate of tree Replacement and Survival rate. Twice a O&M operator Operating costs replantation and translocated trees year for five PIU and RMC translocation died and was not ● A 100% survival is the target for all the years or as able to adapt to the trees to be replanted and translocated agreed with new soil/land or based on the agreed rate the Forest environment. recommended by the Forest Department Department, GOJ , GOJ CPEEHO= Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering, DW&SD= Drinking water and Sanitation department, EHS= environmental health and safety, O&M= operations and maintenance, OHS= occupational health and safety, NRW= nonrevenue water, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, PPE= personal protective equipment, RMC = Ranchi Municipal Corporation, WTP= water treatment plant.

123

Table 29: Environmental Monitoring Plan of Anticipated Impacts during Construction

Monitoring Cost & Source of Monitoring field Monitoring parameters Frequency Responsibility location Funds Construction All work sites Implementation of dust control, Weekly during Supervising staff No costs required disturbances, noise control, traffic management, construction and safeguards nuisances, safety measures, chance find specialists public & worker protocol, asbestos pipes safety, management. Site inspection checklist to review implementation is appended at Appendix 17 Ambient air Three locations 1. PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, CO Once before start Contractor Cost for quality Near to intake of construction and implementation of arrangement, 2. quarterly (yearly 3- monitoring measures Pipeline; and 3. times) during responsibility of Near DW&SD construction contractor. quarters except monsoons Ambient noise 4locations Day time and nighttime noise levels Once before start Contractor Cost for (WTP, pipe laying, of construction and implementation of construction quarterly (yearly 4- monitoring measures camps and times) during responsibility of workers camp) construction contractor

Surface water 2 Location (intake pH, Oil & grease, Cl, F, NO3, TC, Once before start Contractor Cost for quality site) FC, Hardness, Turbidity BOD, of construction and implementation of COD, DO, Total Alkalinity quarterly (yearly 3- monitoring measures times) during responsibility of construction contractor. except monsoon

Ambient noise Three locations, To Identify sources of noise, Noise Once before start Contractor Cost for 1. Near to intake due to traffic/transportation of of construction implementation of arrangement, 2. vehicles, Noise due to heavy and quarterly monitoring measures Pipeline and 3. equipment operations, Duration, (yearly 4-times) responsibility of Near DW&SD and variations in noise over time during Contractor. quarters etc. the equivalent noise levels shall construction (3-

124

Monitoring Cost & Source of Monitoring field Monitoring parameters Frequency Responsibility location Funds be monitored (Lday and Lnight in year period Leq dBA) considered)

Table 30: Operation Stage Environmental Monitoring Plan

Cost and Anticipated Responsibi Field Monitoring Parameters Frequency Source of Impact lity Funds Operation All work sites ● Implementation of the O&M plan developed for: (a) Daily Monthly O&M No costs disturbances, standard operating procedure of all the equipment and report to be operator required nuisances, public unit operations in the treatment plant; (ii) cleaning submitted by Ranchi & worker safety, procedures and frequency; (iii) responsible personnel; the contractor Municipal maintenance and repairs schedule; and (iv) forms and to PIU Corporation checklist for routine inspection. (RMC) ● Site inspection checklist to review implementation is appended at 17 Check for Loss of water, ● Effective leak detection and water auditing to reduce Daily Monthly O&M Operating blockage and increased the water losses report to be operator costs leakage problems demand, and submitted by PIU and reducing the inconvenience the contractor RMC water losses to consumers & to PIU public Monitoring of Consumer end- ● Water Quality Analysis– Collecting representative Daily or as O&M O&M Cost Physical & random sample and Physical & Chemical testing of often as operator Chemical quality sampling in all Parameter from NABL approved laboratory as per practicable PIU and of water supplied zones CPHEEO manual: PH, TDS, Taste & Odour, turbidity, RMC to consumers magnesium, Total hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, Calcium, Iron, Pesticide, Manganese, Cooper, Aluminum, Residual Chlorine, Zinc, phenolic compound, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, cyanides, lead, selenium, Mercury. Monitoring of ● Collecting representative sample and Bacteriological Daily or as O&M O&M Cost Bacteriological Parameter testing of water from NABL approved often as operator quality of water laboratory as per CPHEEO manual: Total coliforms, practicable PIU and faecal coliforms RMC

125

Cost and Anticipated Responsibi Field Monitoring Parameters Frequency Source of Impact lity Funds supplied to consumers Asset Reduction in ● Preparation of O & M Manual Monthly or as O&M RMC Cost management NRW Increased ● Regularly revenue collection. often as operator efficiency of the practicable PIU and system RMC

Generation of Impacts on ● Waste segregation on-site. Collect solid wastes and Daily O&M Operating waste materials public health dispose to approved disposal yards. operator costs and ● O&M Operator have to develop project specific plan for PIU and environment COVID 19 and provision of monitoring. RMC Occupational Health, social ● Provide appropriate PPE to workers & training on its Daily O&M Operating health and safety and economic proper use. operator costs impacts on the ● Use fall protection equipment when working at heights. PIU and workers ● Maintain work areas to minimize slipping and tripping RMC hazards. ● Conduct COVID 19 safety trainings and training logs to be maintained. ● Daily short briefing on COVID 19 safety training prior to start of work. ● On-site availability of sanitizer and soaps and clean water for hand washing. ● Social distancing in working areas should be followed. ● O&M Operator should ensure workmen should wear mask and hand gloves. ● Avoid social gathering and chewing of any tobacco should be strictly prohibited. ● O&M Operator should prepare site specific health & safety plans as per the COVID 19 guidelines. ● Intake Impact on ● Day to day monitoring of the intake arrangement which Daily O&M Operating arrangement intake include, but not limited to regular checking of blockage operator costs arrangement and breakage of intake conduit and pumps; (b) cleaning PIU and and operators of screenings and silt trap, and (c) monitoring of the RMC water level and flow velocity. For the water quantity, a flow meter should be included in the design to ensure

126

Cost and Anticipated Responsibi Field Monitoring Parameters Frequency Source of Impact lity Funds that the environmental/ecological flow of the river is maintained. ● Use of PPE by the operators. ● Training to operators regarding safety during O&M. Survival rate of Replacement Survival rate. Twice a year O&M Operating tree replantation and for five years operator costs and translocation translocated ● A 100% survival is the target for all the trees to be or as agreed PIU and trees died and replanted and translocated or based on the agreed rate with the RMC was not able to recommended by the Forest Department, GOJ Forest adapt to the Department, new soil/land GOJ environment.

Table 31 : Indicative cost of environmental management plan Implementation

Sr. No. Particulars Stages Unit Total Rate Cost Cost Covered by Number (₹) A. Implementation Staff 1. EHS Supervisor Construction Refer Contractor Cost Section 6 of SBD B. Mitigation Measures 2. Tree plantation at project Construction Nos 150 917 1,37,550.00 sites 3. Preparation of plans traffic Construction Included in management plan, waste the (spoils) management plan Contractors etc.,), traffic management Overhead at work sites (Pavement Cost Markings, Channelizing Refer Devices, Arrow Panels and Section 6 of Warning Lights), ensure bid awareness raising on document proper sanitation and (6.2.2.38)

127

Sr. No. Particulars Stages Unit Total Rate Cost Cost Covered by Number (₹) personal hygiene to promote proper health, treatment of local migrant workers which will control the movement of disease vectors (through contaminated water, mosquitoes and between people). Safety hard barricading along the work areas.

4 Construction of cofferdam Construction Included in and safety measures. section 6 clause no 6.1.6.2 5. Safety and health hazards including COVID-19- 19 test for workers, Construction Lumpsum Lumpsum 17,00,000.00 sanitization of construction area and vehicles during construction phase. 6. Safety for Intake electrical panels as per Indian (₹7,20,812.00) electricity rules-1956, Included DPR Cost Estimate Volume (Electrical Cost Estimates at Rukka Intake) Providing PPE for operators. Subtotal (B) 18,37,500.00 C. Monitoring Measures 7. Air quality monitoring Construction per sample 39 4,920 1,91,880.00 For parameters: PM10 µg/m3, SO2, NOx, CO approved laboratory and submission of report complete in all respect.

128

Sr. No. Particulars Stages Unit Total Rate Cost Cost Covered by Number (₹) Calibrated Equipment’s (Quarterly 3 Locations, pipeline network, Intake arrangement and 03 during pre-construction) Noise levels monitoring To identify sources of noise, Noise due to traffic/transportation of vehicles, Noise due to heavy equipment operations, Duration, and variations in noise over time etc., the equivalent, 8. noise levels should be Construction Per sample 39 2500 97,500.00 Civil work contract monitored (Lday and Lnight in Leq dBA) from NABL approved laboratory and submission of report complete in all respect. (Quarterly 3 Locations, pipeline network, Intake arrangement and 03 during pre-construction) 9. Surface water monitoring Construction Per sample 40 6,720 2,68,800.00 Civil work contract PH, TDS< Taste & Odour, Turbidity, Magnesium, Total hardness, Total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, calcium, Iron, pesticide, manganese, copper, Arsenic, Cadmium, Cyanides, Lead, Selenium, mercury. (Quarterly 3

129

Sr. No. Particulars Stages Unit Total Rate Cost Cost Covered by Number (₹) Locations, 03 sample during pre-construction) 10. Surface water monitoring Construction Per Sample 40 1560 62,400.00 Civil work contract for total coliform, fecal coliform, IS10500 and as per CPCB criteria D Operation and Maintenance 11. Surface water monitoring O & M Per Sample 36 6720 2,41,920.00 O&M cost PH, TDS< Taste & Odour, Turbidity, Magnesium, Total hardness, Total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, nitrate, fluoride, calcium, Iron, pesticide, manganese, copper, Arsenic, Cadmium, Cyanides, Lead, Selenium, Mercury. (Quarterly 3 Locations) 12. Surface water monitoring O & M Per Sample 36 1560 56,160.00 for total coliform, fecal coliform, IS10500 and as per CPCB criteria 13. (Quarterly 3 Locations) Subtotal (D) 2,98,080.00 E. Capacity Building 14. Training on EMP Pre- 4 2,50,000.00 Part of PIU and implementation (50 construction PMU, consultant persons for 1 days) and yearly tasks 1.5 Contractors Orientation to Prior to 4 2,50,000.00 Civil works Workers on EMP dispatch to Contractor cost implementation (50 worksite and persons for 3 days) yearly

130

Sr. No. Particulars Stages Unit Total Rate Cost Cost Covered by Number (₹) Subtotal (E) 5,00,000.00 Total (B+C+D+E) ₹ 32,56,160.00 Contractor Cost: ₹ 30,06,160.00 PIU/PMU cost: ₹ 2,50,000.00 CPCB= Central Pollution Control Board, EHS, EMP= environment management plan, GLSR= ground level service reservoir, NABL= National Accreditation Board for Testing Calibration Laboratories, O&M= operation and maintenance, PIU=project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, PPE= personal protective equipment, SBD= Standard bidding document, TDS= Total dissolve solids

131

E. Indicative Cost of EMP

The EMP Implementation cost for the Ranchi Intake system is ₹32,56,150 (USD 45,136) . The details of the cost are provided in Table 31.

F. Monitoring and Reporting

PMU will monitor and measure the progress of EMP implementation. The monitoring activities will correspond with the project’s risks and impacts, as indicated in the IEEs for the projects. In addition to recording information on the work and deviation of work components from the original scope PMU, PIU, with the assistance of the PMU-C will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with EMP and progress toward the expected outcome. The environmental monitoring plan for the Construction and operations stages are presented in Table 29Error! Reference source not found. and Table 30Error! Reference source not found. respectively.

GOI= Government of India, GOJ= Government of Jharkhand, NABL= National Accreditation Board for Testing Calibration Laboratories, O&M= operation and maintenance, PIU= project implementation unit, PMU= project management unit, PPE= personal protective equipment, RMC= Ranchi Municipal Corporation.

132

The contractor will be required to undertake day to day monitoring of the SEMP implementation to be reflected in their weekly EMP implementation reports. These reports will be consolidated and to be submitted to the PIU monthly. PMU will consolidate these reports and submit the following reports to ADB for review and disclosure: (i) updates on safeguards integration in project implementation to be included in the Quarterly Progress Report (QPR); and (ii) semi-annual environmental monitoring (SEMR) report. The QPR and SEMR will be prepared by PMU with assistance from the PMU-Consultant and inputs from the PIU’s safeguard officers, contractors, and NGOs, where relevant. The status of safeguard implementation, issues, and corrective actions including associated cost and schedule are to be clearly and timely reported to ADB. The QPR checklist and SEMR template are provided Appendix 18. During the operation, PMU will submit environmental monitoring report annually.

ADB will review project performance against the JUIDCO’s commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the project’s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of environmental and social safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB’s monitoring and supervision activities are carried out on an on-going basis until a Project Completion Report is issued.

X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

A. Conclusion

The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of the Ranchi Intake subproject. All potential impacts were identified in relation to pre-construction, construction, and operation phases. National planning principles, guidelines and design considerations have been reviewed and incorporated into the site planning and design process wherever possible. Thus, environmental impacts as being due to the project design or location were not significant. Predicted impacts ae mostly construction related, short-term and localized.

Proposed project intake is located in Rukha Reservoir and pump house site is about 350 m away from the intake. Raw water pipeline will be laid from intake to pump house along a road. There are no environmentally or archeologically sensitive areas in or adjacent to the project area. There are no protected areas e.g., national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or ecologically sensitive areas like key biodiversity areas in the vicinity of the project site. The critical habit screening caried out using IBAT as per the IFC PS6 criterion indicate that there are no species which would trigger critical habitat criterion.

Currently, the piped water supply is form Rukha Reservoir (the 171 MLD and 114 MLD schemes) and the Kanke and Gonda Schemes. However, there are deficiencies in the present services. The water supply system of Ranchi is currently facing the following problems: (i) low water supply rate per capita; (ii) short hours or intermittent water supply; (iii) low water pressure in the outlying areas; and (iv) non-uniform spatial supply rate. Also, most of the wards are not covered by the municipal water supply and most of the colonies do not have access to municipal water supply. The proposed Ranchi Water supply system which includes the 213 MLD WTP (under JUWSIP/01), Intake arrangement (under JUWSIP/03) and the other schemes funded by GOJ under domestic budgetary support would assure water availability to the residents of Ranchi City. It would as a result improve environmental quality and living conditions of the capital Town through provision of safe piped water supply. The benefits arising from this subproject include: (i) increased availability of potable water at appropriate pressure to all households including urban poor; (ii) reduced time and costs in accessing alternative sources of water. (iii) better public health

133

particularly reduction in waterborne and infectious diseases; (iv) reduced risk of groundwater depletion.

The proposed intake at the intermediate year i.e., 2035 would require and additional only 42 MLD/ 11.69 MCM of water to run the 213 MLD plant. Similarly, in ultimate an additional 151 MLD/41.52 MCM of water is required. As per the information available from DW&SD the Live Storage capacity of the Rukha Reservoir is 231.89 MCM. (Gross Storage 288.63 MCM and Dead Storage 56.74 MCM). Surplus water available in the reservoir is 74.55 MCM, considering all the present allocation from the reservoir. Thus, after abstraction till 2050 and considering all present allocations, in addition to the dead storage 33 MCM of water would be available in the reservoir for propagation of aquatic life and flow of the river. Thus, the abstraction is sustainable.

As per the preliminary designs no trees are affected. However, during detailed design if any tree is identified then appropriate action would be initiated by the Contractor. No tree felling would be carried out without the prior permission of the Forest Department. Tree plantation will be carried out as per replacement ratio of 1:10.

All the construction related to Ranchi Water Intake will be confined to the DW&SD site, and the interference with the general public and community around is minimal. Site is surrounded by vacant and agricultural lands, and the nearest village is at about 450 m away from the site. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the construction activity in the reservoir for intake, construction dust and noise, occupational health and safety risk, wastewater generated from construction area (especially during rains), spillage of fuel, oils, etc., and pollution, health and safety issues that may arise from operation of temporary workers camps. These are all general impacts of construction, and there are well developed methods of mitigation that are suggested in the EMP. A SEMP will be prepared prior to the start of construction, and the measures provided in EMP will be updated to suit the specific site conditions and will be implemented accordingly. Since the projects at the DW&SD site includes primarily raw water and clear water main, in which iron pipes have been used DW&SD has eliminated the presence of asbestos containing material.

Once the new system is operating, the facilities will operate with routine maintenance, which will not affect the environment. Improved system operation will comply with the operation and maintenance manual and standard operating procedures to be developed for all the activities.

Potential impacts during operations are considered relating to the OHS requirements of operating pumps, transformers, and other infrastructure at the pumphouse. Regular monitoring of the raw water has been proposed to ensure quality of intake is at par with the design standards of the 213 MLD WTP. Entrapment of aquatic life in the intake arrangement would also be monitored to prevent adverse impacts.

Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures are implemented, and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the PMU. Mitigation and monitoring measures, along with the project agency responsible for such actions, form part of the EMP.

Stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through face-to-face discussions, on site meetings, and a city level consultation workshop, which was conducted for larger public participation in the project. Views expressed by the stakeholders were incorporated into the IEE

134 and the planning and development of the project. The IEE will be made available at public locations and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the PMU and ADB websites. The consultation process will be continued during project implementation to ensure that stakeholders are engaged in the project and have the opportunity to participate in its development and implementation. The project’s grievance redress mechanism will provide the citizens with a platform for redress their grievances, and describes the informal and formal channels, time frame, and mechanisms for resolving complaints about environmental performance.

The EMP will assist the project agencies and contractor in mitigating the environmental impacts and guide them in the environmentally sound execution of the proposed project. A copy of the updated EMP/SEP shall be kept on-site during the construction period at all times. The EMP shall be made binding on all contractors operating on the site and will be included in the contractual clauses. Non-compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document shall constitute a failure in compliance.

The citizens of the Ranchi Municipal Corporation will be the major beneficiaries of the improved water supply systems, as (i) they will be provided with a constant supply of better-quality water, piped into their homes at an appropriate pressure; This should deliver major improvements in individual and community health and well-being. The project will improve the over-all health condition of the town as water borne diseases will be reduced.

Based on the findings of the IEE, the classification of the Project as Category “B” is confirmed, and no further special study or detailed EIA needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS, 2009. Environmental Clearance requirement per Government of India Environmental Impact Assessment Notification is not applicable to this subproject. Subproject however requires water allocation and intake construction in Rukha Reservoir from Water Resources Department. This shall be obtained prior to award of contract and no works shall be initiated until water allocation is obtained. This IEE is prepared based on detailed design and will be updated during the design verification and finalization phase by the contractor.

B. Recommendations

The following are recommendations applicable to the subproject to ensure no significant impacts:

(i) Obtain all statutory clearances at the earliest time possible and ensure conditions/provisions are incorporated in the detailed design. (ii) Include this IEE in bid and contract documents. (iii) Update/revise this IEE based on final design and/or if there are unanticipated impacts, change in scope, alignment, or location. (iv) Conduct safeguards induction to the contractor upon award of contract. (v) Ensure all activities either during construction or operations are compliant with the environmental legislations. (vi) Strictly supervise EMP implementation. (vii) Ensure contractor appointed qualified EHS officers prior to start of works. (viii) Documentation and reporting on a regular basis as indicated in the IEE. (ix) Continuous consultations with stakeholders. (x) Timely disclosure of information and establishment of grievance redressal mechanism (GRM). (xi) Involvement of contractors, including subcontractors, in first level GRM; and (xii) Commitment from PMU, PIUs, project consultants, and contractors to protect the environment and the people from any impact during project implementation. (xiii) This IEE shall be updated by PMU during the implementation phase to reflect any changes, amendments and will be reviewed and approved by ADB.

135

APPENDIX 1: REA CHECKLIST

Instructions: • This checklist is to be prepared to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form that is to be prepared and submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Regional and Sustainable Development Department. • This checklist is to be completed with the assistance of an Environment Specialist in a Regional Department. • This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB checklists and handbooks on (i) involuntary resettlement, (ii) indigenous peoples planning, (iii) poverty reduction, (iv) participation, and (v) gender and development. • Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Country/Project Title: IND: JUWSIP / Construction and Five years of Operation and Maintenance of Intake Arrangement at Rukka in Ranchi (Forebay Channel of length 950 m, New sump, and pumping station of 370 MLD, Raw water Rising Main 350 m.

Sector Division: Urban Development Description of Works Construction of Forebay Channel- 300m length, new sump, and pump (per DPR): housework- 370 MLD, 600m of Rising Main and O&M for 5 years Jharkhand Urban Infrastructure Development Company Ltd. (JUIDCO), UD Implementing Agency: & HD, Government of Jharkhand Design Stage: Preliminary Design Assessment based on √ Preliminary Design Detailed Engineering Design (please check):

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks Water Supply A. Project Sitting Is the project area - Densely populated? √ The project site is adjacent to the Rukka WTP complex. The nearest habitation i.e., DW&SD quarters is about a 0.4km away. Raw Water mains is proposed to be laid along the Approach Road close to existing 170 MLD Rukka mains. The nearest settlement is approximately 900 m from the site. The population density of the area is very low. No negative impacts are envisaged as infrastructure will be established on government land and pipes will be laid on space next to the available road. Minimal road disruption is anticipated. Measures like activity scheduling, traffic management, etc. will be practiced minimizing the impact to an acceptable level. 136 Appendix 20

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks Heavy with development activities? √ Heavy development activity is unlikely as land belongs to the state government. The nearby area is dedicated to water supply activity. Adjacent to or within, any √ No, environmentally sensitive area is nearby. environmentally sensitive areas? √ No cultural heritage site is located nearby the Cultural heritage site project area √ No designated protected area is located nearby Protected Area project area. √ The Rukka Reservoir is a wetland. However, it Wetland has not been notified as a wetland. Mangrove √ Estuarine √ Buffer zone of protected area √ Special area for protecting biodiversity √ Bay √ B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause… Pollution of raw water supply from √ There is no industrial as well as city drainage upstream wastewater discharge from outlet in upstream side. No Solid waste dumping communities, industries, agriculture, and yard along the dam in upstream side. Open

soil erosion runoff? defecation along the dam is very low. Therefore, in upstream side there are no sources of contamination of water. Impairment of historical/cultural √ Not anticipated as there are no historical or monuments/areas and loss/damage to cultural monuments in the vicinity of the site these sites? Hazard of land subsidence caused by √ Ground water pumping is not done to meet out excessive ground water pumping? the current water supply to targeted subproject city of Ranchi; under proposed subproject, also the dependence on ground water has not been considered. Social Conflicts Arising from √ Project does not involve land acquisition Displacement of communities? /displacement. No social conflicts envisaged. Conflicts in abstraction of raw water for √ The potential water supply from the reservoir is water supply with other beneficial water 843.24 MLD (excluding 90 days monsoon). uses for surface and ground waters? About 286 MLD is supplied from the existing water supply systems and 243.64 MLD is used by Jharkhand state electricity board for generating electricity. Therefore about 271.08 MLD of surplus water is currently available in the reservoir. From this about 42.52 MLD of water is proposed under JUWSIP/01 and 151 MLD of water is proposed under this project to meet the water requirement of Ranchi city for ultimate year. The additional abstraction which has been planned for 2050, i.e., 151 MLD /41.52 MCM) would thus leave 33.03 MCM of water to flow downstream, which is equivalent to Annual average flow of Subernarekha river. Hence conflict is not expected. Hence excess water is available for the proposed project.

137

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks Unsatisfactory raw water supply (e.g., √ Raw water shall be taken from Rukka reservoir excessive pathogens or mineral on Subarnarekha River, and will be treated in constituents)? WTP prior to distribution. Water quality of treated water will comply with the Indian Standards for Drinking Water (IS 10,500: 2012) /IFC EHS Guideline (most stringent) Delivery of unsafe water to distribution √ Not anticipated. system? Inadequate protection of intake works or √ Not anticipated. Design proposes housing for wells, leading to pollution of water intake works. The Intake Arrangement will be supply? secured and accessible to only authorized persons. Further, the entire land is, and the surroundings are under the possession of DW&SD, so development is also controlled. Over pumping of ground water, leading to √ Not applicable salinization and ground subsidence? Excessive algal growth in storage √ Cleaning of storage structure will be done in reservoir? regular basis during operation phase. Increase in production of sewage beyond √ Ranchi city is partially covered with sewerage capabilities of community facilities? network and Ranchi Municipal Corporation (RMC) is in the process of implementation of new sewerage system for the uncovered area. Inadequate disposal of sludge from water √ Not applicable. treatment plants? Inadequate buffer zone around pumping √ The nearest habitation is approximately 600m and treatment plants to alleviate noise away from the proposed site. The pumps will be and other possible nuisances and protect within a concrete building. So, noise pollution is facilities? not anticipated. Impairments associated with √ The proposed rising mains will be laid on space transmission lines and access roads? available next to the existing road. There are 3- 5 trees identified during the preliminary design which may get impacted. The actual number of tree felling will be confirmed during the survey done by the contractor. Health hazards arising from inadequate √ Not applicable. design of facilities for receiving, storing, and handling of chlorine and other hazardous chemicals. Health and safety hazards to workers √ Personal protective equipment including from the management of chlorine used pandemic related gears will be provided to for disinfection and other contaminants? workers. Regular training will also be conducted to ensure that workers are aware of COVID-19, construction hazards and risks of chemicals during O&M. The EMP will include measures as per Government of India’s MSIHC rules, 1989, and its amendment in 2010, COVID 19 guidelines, GOI SPS 2009, and IFC EHS Guidelines. Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of √ Not anticipated. people Social conflicts between construction √ The Contractor will be utilizing the local labour workers from other areas and community force as far as possible; in case if it is workers? unavoidable, labour camps and facilities will be provided appropriately. No conflicts envisaged.

138 Appendix 20

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks Noise and dust from construction √ Anticipated during construction activities. activities? However, impacts are temporary and short in duration. The EMP includes measures to mitigate impacts. Increased road traffic due to interference √ Anticipated during construction activities. of construction activities? However, the project site is located in the outskirts of village so no major impact will be witnessed. Continuing soil erosion/silt runoff from √ Anticipated during construction activities. construction operations? However, impacts are temporary and short in duration. The EMP ensures measures are included to mitigate impacts. Construction Contractors will be required to include silt traps or channelization where required. Delivery of unsafe water due to poor √ Not applicable. O&M treatment processes (especially mud accumulations in filters) and inadequate chlorination due to lack of adequate monitoring of chlorine residuals in distribution systems? Delivery of water to distribution system, √ Not applicable. which is corrosive due to inadequate attention to feeding of corrective chemicals? Accidental leakage of chlorine gas? √ Not applicable. Excessive abstraction of water affecting √ Only allocated quantity of water shall be used downstream water users? from the source for proposed project. Competing uses of water? √ Only allocated quantity of water shall be used from the source for proposed project. Increased sewage flow due to increased √ Ranchi city is partially covered with sewerage water supply network and Ranchi Municipal Corporation (RMC) is in the process of implementation of new sewerage system for the uncovered area. Large population influx during project  The Contractors will hire locally available construction and operation that causes workers and as such large influx of population is increased burden on social infrastructure not anticipated under the subproject. and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

Social conflicts if workers from other  No social conflicts anticipated, as there is regions or countries are hired? availability of local laborers.

Risks to community health and safety  There will be no storage and transport of due to the transport, storage, and use explosives in the project. Fuel and other and/or disposal of materials such as chemicals will be stored with due care and explosives, fuel and other chemicals necessary permissions will be obtained from during operation and construction? authorities for storing and handling at project site.

139

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks Community safety risks due to both  No such community risks anticipated as project accidental and natural hazards, facilities planned near reservoir, and space near especially where the structural elements to the existing road. or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation, and decommissioning?

A CHECKLIST FOR PRELIMINARY CLIMATE RISK SCREENING

Screening Questions Score Remarks27 Location and Is siting and/or routing of the project (or its 1 I Intake arrangement is from Design of components) likely to be affected by climate reservoir which can be project conditions including extreme weather-related affected by extreme weather- events such as floods, droughts, storms, related events. landslides? Would the project design (e.g., the clearance 1 Yes. Intake Arrangement site for bridges) need to consider any hydro- has been selected so as to meteorological parameters (e.g., sea-level, enable water in normal as well peak river flow, reliable water level, peak as under worst condition of wind speed etc.)? flow in reservoir. Other parameters like rainfall, wind speed, etc has been considered in designing the project. Materials and Would weather, current and likely future 1 Based on the climate risk Maintenance climate conditions (e.g., prevailing humidity vulnerability assessment, the level, temperature contrast between hot level of risks to the summer days and cold winter days, exposure infrastructure under the to wind and humidity hydro-meteorological Project due to temperature parameters likely affect the selection of change, precipitation and project inputs over the life of project outputs extreme events increase is (e.g., construction material)? between Medium to High mostly due to variable observed and projected future rainfall patterns in the project towns.

Technical designs of the subprojects are climate- resilient (e.g., construction materials, elevation). Would weather, current and likely future 0 No significant effect climate conditions, and related extreme events likely affect the maintenance (scheduling and cost) of project output(s)?

27 If possible, provide details on the sensitivity of project components to climate conditions, such as how climate parameters are considered in design standards for infrastructure components, how changes in key climate parameters and sea level might affect the sitting/routing of project, the selection of construction material and/or scheduling, performances and/or the maintenance cost/scheduling of project outputs.

140 Appendix 20

Screening Questions Score Remarks27 Performance Would weather/climate conditions, and 1 Varying seasonal rainfall of project related extreme events likely affect the events such as those outputs performance (e.g., annual power production) associated with monsoons of project output(s) (e.g., hydro-power may impact the adequate generation facilities) throughout their design availability of surface water lifetime? sources for abstraction. Additionally, floods from storm surges and potential inundation may also impact service delivery.

Options for answers and corresponding score are provided below: Response Score Not Likely 0 Likely 1 Very Likely 2

Responses when added that provide a score of 0 will be considered low risk project. If adding all responses will result to a score of 1-4 and that no score of 2 was given to any single response, the project will be assigned a medium risk category. A total score of 5 or more (which include providing a score of 1 in all responses) or a 2 in any single response will be categorized as high- risk project. Result of Initial Screening (Low, Medium, High): Medium Risk Name: Prashant Toppo Environmental Specialist

141

APPENDIX 2: Water Availability in Rukka Reservoir

Rukka Particulars Unit Remarks Reservoir* A. Water Storage at Reservoir Gross Storage MCM 288.63 Basic Reservoir Storage Data (WRD, GOJ) Dead Storage MCM 56.74 Basic Reservoir Storage Data (WRD, GOJ) 231.89 Live Storage MCM Basic Reservoir Storage Data (WRD, GOJ) (843.24) B. Existing Water Withdrawal from Reservoir Total water withdrawal from reservoir for Water Used for Water Supply for Ranchi 78.6528 water supply - 171 MLD, 114 MLD (For & Irba (* existing WTP capacity) (286) Ranchi) and 1 MLD (Irba Rural) 67 29 Committed to Jharkhand State Electricity Water for electricity generation (243.64) Board for Sikidri Hydro Power Plant. Sub-total 145.65

(529.64) C. Proposed Water Withdrawal from Reservoir

total Water required for the JUWSIP 01 /Ranchi IIA is 213 MLD. It is planned once the 213 MLD plant is commissioned the 172 Water used for Water Supply for Ranchi 11.69 MLD plant would be decommissioned, and (Ranchi Phase IIA /JUWSIP01) (42.52) the water would be diverted to the 213 Plant. The additional water required for the 231 MLD plant is 42.52 ML which would be withdrawn from the reservoir. (For 42.52 MLD Water abstraction NOC is under process) D. Water Available at Reservoir after Existing Withdrawal (given by JUIDCO) 74.55 Water available at Reservoir after existing Surplus Water Available [A-(B+C)] ( 271.08) and proposed withdrawal from Live Storage E. Water Required for the Subproject To meet the water requirement for ultimate year (For 143.80 MLD Water and process losses @ 5% i.e., 7.19 MLD total 150.99 Additional Water Required for the 41.52 (151) MLD say 151MLD). About 120 MLD of water Subproject for Ultimate Year 2050 will be present in the reservoir after Intermediate year final allocation in the ultimate year.

Water available for flow in the river 33.03 This is the planned environmental flow of the (D-E) (120.08) river

28 Considering water for 275 days (365-90), 90 days of monsoon are excluded assuming there would be flow of water during this period. 29 (Currently water withdrawal for electricity generation is very low [avg. 10 MLD]. As per data received from WRD Jharkhand, last water withdrawal for power generation was in year 2011). 142

APPENDIX 3: Exemption of Water Supply Projects from Taking Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate from Pollution Control Board

143

APPENDIX 4: Ambient Air Quality Standards, Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise, Vehicle Exhaust Emission Norms and Drinking Water Standards WHO Air Quality Guidelines (µg/m3) India Ambient Air Global Second Applicable Per Quality Standard Updatec Edition 2000 ADB SPSe Parameter Location a (µg/m3) b 2005 (µg/m3) PM10 Industrial 60 (Annual) 20 (Annual) - 20 (Annual) Residential, 100 (24-hr) 50 (24-hr) 50 (24-hr) Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 60 (Annual) 20 (Annual) - 20 (Annual) 100 (24-hr) 50 (24-hr) 50 (24-hr) PM25 Industrial 40 (Annual) 10 (Annual) - 10 (Annual) Residential, 60 (24-hr) 25 (24-hr) 25 (24-hr) Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 40 (Annual) 10 (Annual) 10 (Annual) 60 (24-hr) 25 (24-hr) 25 (24-hr) SO2 Industrial 50 (Annual) 20 (24-hr) - 50 (Annual) Residential, 80 (24-hr) 500 (10-min) 20 (24-hr) Rural and Other 500 (10-min) Areas Sensitive Area 20 (Annual) 20 (24-hr) - 20 (Annual) 80 (24-hr) 500 (10-min) 20 (24-hr) 500 (10-min) NO2 Industrial 40 (Annual) 40 (Annual) - 40 (Annual) Residential, 80 (24-hr) 200 (1-hr) 80 (24-hr) Rural and Other 200 (1-hr) Areas Sensitive Area 30 (Annual) 40 (Annual) - 30 (Annual) 80 (24-hr) 200 (1-hr) 80 (24-hr) 200 (1-hr) CO Industrial 2,000 (8-hr) - 10,000 (8-hr) 2,000 (8-hr) Residential, 4,000 (1-hr) 100,000 (15- 4,000 (1-hr) Rural and Other min) 100,000 (15-min) Areas Sensitive Area 2,000 (8-hr) - 10,000 (8-hr) 2,000 (8-hr) 4,000 (1-hr) 100,000 (15- 4,000 (1-hr) min) 100,000 (15-min) Ozone (O3) Industrial 100 (8-hr) 100 (8-hr) 100 (8-hr) Residential, 180 (1-hr) 180 (1-hr) Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 100 (8-hr) 100 (8-hr) 100 (8-hr) 180 (1-hr) 180 (1-hr) Lead (Pb) Industrial, 0.5 (Annual) 0.5 (Annual) 0.5 (Annual) Residential, 1.0 (24-hr) 1.0 (24-hr) Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 0.5 (Annual) 0.5 (Annual) 0.5 (Annual) 1.0 (24-hr) 1.0 (24-hr) Ammonia Industrial 100 (Annual) 100 (Annual) (NH3) Residential, 400 (24-hr) 400 (24-hr) 144 Appendix 20

WHO Air Quality Guidelines (µg/m3) India Ambient Air Global Second Applicable Per Quality Standard Updatec Edition 2000 ADB SPSe Parameter Location a (µg/m3) b 2005 (µg/m3) Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 100 (Annual) 100 (Annual) 400 (24-hr) 400 (24-hr) Benzene Industrial 5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) (C6H6) Residential, Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) Benzo(o)py Industrial 0.001 (Annual) 0.001 (Annual) rene (BaP) Residential, particulate Rural and Other phase only Areas Sensitive Area 0.001 (Annual) 0.001 (Annual) Arsenic Industrial 0.006 (Annual) 0.006 (Annual) (As) Residential, Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 0.006 (Annual) 0.006 (Annual) Nickel (Ni) Industrial 0.02 (Annual) 0.02 (Annual) Residential, Rural and Other Areas Sensitive Area 0.02 (Annual) 0.02 (Annual) Sensitive area refers to such areas notified by the India Central Government. a. Notification by Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India Environment (Protection) Seventh Amendment Rules, 2009. b WHO Air quality guidelines for particulate matter, ozone, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide. Global update 2005. WHO. 2006. c Air Quality Guidelines for Europe Second Edition. WHO 2000; and d Per ADB SPS, the government shall achieve whichever of the ambient air quality standards is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the executing agency of the government will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS.

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS IN RESPECT OF NOISE India National WHO Guidelines Value Applicable Per ADB Noise Level For Noise Levels Measured SPSc Receptor/ Standardsa Out of Doorsb (dBA) Source (dBA) (One Hour LAq in dBA) Day Night 07:00 – 22:00 22:00 – 07:00 Day time Nighttime Industrial area 75 70 70 70 70 70 Commercial area 65 55 70 70 65 55 Residential Area 55 45 55 45 55 45 Silent Zone 50 40 55 45 50 40 a Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2002 as amended up to 2010. b Guidelines for Community Noise. WHO. 1999; and c Per ADB SPS, the government shall achieve whichever of the ambient air quality standards is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the executing agency of the government will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS.

145

VEHICLE EXHAUST EMISSION NORMS 1. Passenger Cars Norms CO (g/km) HC+ NOx(g/km) 1991Norms 14.3-27.1 2.0(Only HC) 1996 Norms 8.68-12.40 3.00-4.36 1998Norms 4.34-6.20 1.50-2.18 India stage 2000 norms 2.72 0.97 Bharat stage-II 2.2 0.5 Bharat Stage-III 2.3 0.35 (combined) Bharat Stage-IV 1.0 0.18 (combined)

2. Heavy Diesel Vehicles Norms CO (g/kmhr) HC (g/kmhr) NOx (g/kmhr) PM(g/kmhr) 1991Norms 14 3.5 18 - 1996 Norms 11.2 2.4 14.4 - India stage 2000 norms 4.5 1.1 8.0 0.36 Bharat stage-II 4.0 1.1 7.0 0.15 Bharat Stage-III 2.1 1.6 5.0 0.10 Bharat Stage-IV 1.5 0.96 3.5 0.02 Source: Central Pollution Control Board CO = Carbon Monoxide; g/kmhr = grams per kilometer-hour; HC = Hydrocarbons; NOx = oxides of nitrogen; PM = Particulates Matter

DRINKING WATER STANDARDS Group National Standards for Drinking Water a WHO Guidelines for Applicable Parameter Unit Max. Drinking-Water Per ADB Concentration Quality, 4th Edition, SPS c, d Limitsd 2011b Physical Turbidity NTU 1 (5) - 1 (5) pH 6.5 – 8.5 None 6.5 – 8.5 Color Hazen units 5 (15) None 5 (15) Taste and Agreeable - Agreeable Odor TDS mg/l 500 (2,000) - 500 (2,000) Iron mg/l 0.3 - 0.3 Manganese mg/l 0.1 (0.3) - 0.1 (0.3) Arsenic mg/l 0.01 (0.05) 0.01 0.01 Cadmium mg/l 0.003 0.003 0.003 Chromium mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 None 0.05 Fluoride mg/l 1 (1.5) 1.5 1 (1.5) Lead mg/l 0.01 0.01 0.01 Ammonia mg/l 0.5 none established 0.5 Chemical Chloride mg/l 250 (1,000) none established 250 (1,000) Sulphate mg/l 200 (400) None 200 (400) Nitrate mg/l 45 50 45 Copper mg/l 0.05 (1.5) 2 0.05 (1.5) Total mg/l 200 (600) - 200 (600) Hardness Calcium mg/l 75 (200) - 75 (200) Zinc mg/l 5 (15) none established 5 (15) Mercury mg/l 0.001 0.006 0.001 Aluminum mg/l 0.1 (0.3) none established 0.1 (0.3) Residual mg/l 0.2 5 0.2

146 Appendix 20

Group National Standards for Drinking Water a WHO Guidelines for Applicable Parameter Unit Max. Drinking-Water Per ADB Concentration Quality, 4th Edition, SPS c, d Limitsd 2011b Chlorine Micro E-coli MPN/100ml Must not be Must not be detectable Must not be Germs Total MPN/100ml detectable in any in any 100 ml sample detectable in Coliform 100 ml sample any 100 ml sample a Bureau of India Standard 10200: 2012. b Health-based guideline values. c Per ADB SPS, the government shall achieve whichever of the ambient air quality standards is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the executing agency of the government will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS; and d Figures in parenthesis are maximum limits allowed in the absence of alternate source.

147

APPENDIX 5: WATER QUALITY TEST RESULTS

148 Appendix 20

149

150 Appendix 20

151

152 Appendix 20

153

154 Appendix 20

155

APPENDIX 6: EXTREME RAINFALL AND DROUGHT HAZARD MAPS SOURCE: JHARKHAND URBAN WATER SUPPLY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, Disaster Risk Atlas (September 2019) Simulated by Erik Kjaergaard

156 Appendix 20

157

APPENDIX 7: MINUTES OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION DURING PROJECT PREPARATION (i) The community consultation was organized in the month of June 2020, near proposed Intake Arrangement location (Attendance sheet attached). There was a total of 16 participants of which 11 were Male and 5 Female. The consultations were also done at Rukka village area and in downstream villages (Getalsud, Agartoli and Ladhuptoli) on 7 Oct 2020, the total numbers of participants in the consultations are 15. 2. (ii) Representatives of JUIDCO Ltd initiated the meeting with sharing the information with local community about the proposed in Ranchi water supply project to meet the water requirement for year 2050. An overview of the project and location/ extent of components were informed to the residents. 3. (iii) Ranchi water supply scheme is proposed to be funded by Asian development bank (ADB) under Jharkhand Urban Water Supply Improvement Project (JUWSIP). The existing water supply system of Ranchi is facing several problems. A low level of service in terms of service level like; inadequate per capita water supply rate, short period of supply, insufficient terminal pressure in the outlying areas, and non-uniform spatial water supply rate are among major shortcomings and problems. To supply adequate and safe drinking water by 2050, proposed project is an essential requirement of capital city. 4. (iv) Lands required for Intake arrangement and rising main laying are government land and will be transferred from the district administration and government departments for construction. (v) Other than the proposed water supply scheme, urban road projects, flyovers, parks, development of parks etc. are also in progress which is funded by state government.

Suggestion during public consultations conducting during design and planning process follow:

Sr. Concerns raised by the participants Response No. The nearby local residents of the project sites It was conveyed that construction enquired regarding the impact of construction activities will not impact on any 1. activities on livestock (cows, buffalo and goats) in livestock life and utmost measures will the project sites. be undertaken to avoid any damage. It was clarified that preference will Local people were also concerned about the Jobs 2. always be given to local people during availability during construction work. construction work. Women residents of the project sites also enquired It was clarified that preference will 3. about employment opportunities in the construction always be given to local people during activities construction work. It was conveyed that construction The nearby local residents of the project sites also activities to be performed is far off the 4. enquired about impact of construction activities in residential area, which will not have the nearby area and their daily life. direct impact on their daily life. 158 Appendix 20

Sr. Concerns raised by the participants Response No. However, construction activities will be performed under all the environmental pollution control limits with regular monitoring and proper mitigation will be provided. It was informed by JUIDCO officials that it is an Urban Scheme and there are very less chances of supplying water to the village through this scheme. Women residents also requested to provide water 5. However, their request will be supply in the nearby villages. conveyed to the concerned department. Presently the water supply connections are through rural development department. Representative from JUIDCO conveyed that there will be a Grievance Residents enquired about the process to register 5. Redressal Mechanism, which will be complaints relating to construction activities. developed by GOJ, so the complaint can be registered and resolved at site. Queries from JUIDCO Response from Participants The villagers from the Rukka village responded that fish catching was not The representative from JUIDCO asked regarding done in the identified land area. They 6 the catching of fishes in the identified land for intake do fishing in the deep inside the river, arrangement. which is more than 200 m away from the identified area. Photograph of fish catch area is given below. The Rukka villagers identify the fishes which was catch as: Telpia, Sor, silver carp, chana, polard, mrigal and During the consultation fish catch was done. It was 7 Kalbose. These are local name of the asked to the villagers to identify the fish in the catch. fishes in the area. It was also replied by the villagers that Rohu and Catla were also found sometimes during the catch. It was responded by the villagers from Getalsud, Agartoli and Ladhuptoli that Consultations were also done in downstream village river water is not use in their daily 8 areas, and it was asked from the villagers regarding requirement. It was replied that they the utilization of river water in their daily use. fulfil their water requirement from dug well, tube well, bore well, dobha (small seasonal ponds) etc. It was responded by the villagers that Representative from JUIDCO also asked regarding the movement of the elephants were 9 the movement of terrestrial wildlife such as identified near the canal area towards elephants in the downstream village area. the Sikidri area. The villagers said that paddy farming is It was also asked by the JUIDCO representative done in the area, once in a year. The 10 regarding the crop farming and their irrigation in the paddy crop farming was done in the village area. monsoon season (July-Sep).

159

160 Appendix 20

161

162 Appendix 20

Public Consultation Meeting Near Proposed Consultation with villagers near the proposed Intake Arrangement site.

Consultation at Rukka village Consultation at Getalsud and Ladhuptoli village in the downstream

163

APPENDIX 8: SCREENING OF BIODIVERSITY FEATURES IDENTIFIED AT GETALSUD RESERVOIR

Species/Habitat Criterion 1 Criterion 2 Criterion 3 Criterion 4 Criterion 5 Population Rational Data30 Fishes Threshold

S.no. A31 B32 C33 D34 E35 F36 G37 H38 Global EOO: Population details not Unknown available DMU: nationally/Globally. very Not Present in common fish throughout 1 Rohu (Labeo rohita) LC No No No No No No No Endemic the reservoir India and in adjacent countries, Unlikely to support > 10% of the global population. Global EOO: This species is present Unknown throughout India and is DMU: also cultured in captivity. Present in The species is common, Not 2 Mrigal (Cirrhinus mrigala) LC No No No No No No No the reservoir but population estimates Endemic are not available. Population trend is stable. unlikely to support > 10% of the global population.

30 Global population of Water birds & avian species referred from IUCN and DMU & regional population referred from Asian water bird census (AWC) 2016, ebird India and Birdlife International, respectively. 31Areas that support globally important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed EN or CR species (≥ 0.5% of the global population AND ≥ 5 reproductive units GN16 of a CR or EN species). 32 Areas that support globally important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed Vulnerable (VU) species, the loss of which would result in the change of the IUCN Red List status to EN or CR and meet the thresholds in GN72(a). 33 As appropriate, areas containing important concentrations of a nationally or regionally listed EN or CR species. 34 Areas that regularly hold ≥10% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units of a species. 35 Areas known to sustain, on a cyclical or otherwise regular basis, ≥ 1 percent of the global population of a migratory or congregatory species at any point of the species’ lifecycle. 36 Areas that predictably support ≥10 percent of the global population of a species during periods of environmental stress. 37 Areas representing ≥5% of the global extent of an ecosystem type meeting the criteria for IUCN status of CR or EN. 38 Other areas not yet assessed by IUCN but determined to be of high priority for conservation by regional or national systematic conservation planning. 164 Appendix 20

Global EOO: Very common fish Unknown throughout India and in DMU: adjacent countries, Not 3 Kalbose (Labeo Calbasu) LC No No No No No No No Present in population trend is not Endemic the reservoir known. unlikely to support >10% of the global population. Global EOO: Commonly found fish Unknown throughout India, Pakistan, DMU: Nepal, Bangladesh & Snakehead murrel (C. Not 4 LC No No No No No No No Present in Myanmar. Population Striata) Endemic the reservoir trend is stable (IUCN). Unlikely to support >10% of the global population. Global EOO: This is a very common Unknown species population trend is Telpia (Oreochromis Not 5 LC No No No No No No No DMU: stable. unlikely to support Niloticus) Endemic Present in > 10% of the global the reservoir population. Global EOO: The IUCN Population trend Unknown is decreasing. This is small Chanda nama (Hamilton Not DMU: fish but very common 6 LC No No No No No No No Buchanan) Endemic Present in within India.. Unlikely to the reservoir support > 10% of the global population. Global EOO: Commonly found fish in Unknown lowland waterbodies. Silver Carplet Not DMU: Population trend for this 7 (Amblypharyngodon LC No No No No No No No Endemic Present in species is unknown. Melettinus) the reservoir Unlikely to support > 10% of the global population. Global EOO: Commonly found fish Unknown throughout India. Not DMU: Population details are not 8 Catla (Labeo Catla) LC No No No No No No No Endemic Present in available. Unlikely to the reservoir support > 10% of the global population. Global EOO: The species is common Pallas (Notopterus Not 9 LC No No No No No No No Unknown throughout its range. notopterus) Endemic DMU: Population trend is

165

Present in suspected to be stable. the reservoir Unlikely to support > 10% of the global population. Water Birds Global EOO: Geographic range is very Little Grebe (Tachybaptus 3.5 million wide. Population trend is Not 10 ruficollis) LC No No Resident No No No No (2015) decreasing. >10% of the Endemic Water Bird DMU: 08 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. Roosting area within the Global EOO: project area is not known. Great Crested Grebe 0.99 million Not Population trend is 11 (Podiceps cristatu) LC No No Migratory No No No No (Europe) Endemic decreasing. >1% of the Water Bird DMU: 50 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. Geographic range is South east Asia, no real time Global EOO: Little Cormorant population data is Not Resident Unknown 12 (Phalacrocorax niger) LC No No No No No No available. Population trend Endemic migrants DMU: 70 Water Bird is unknown. >1% of the (AWC-2016) global population is not supporting. migratory species having Global EOO: wide geographic range, Great Cormorant 2.1 million Roosting area within the Not 13 (Phalacocorax carbo) LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) project area is not known. Endemic Water Bird DMU: 12 >1% of the global (AWC-2016) population is not supporting. Global EOO: It has an extremely large Indian Cormorant 30 thousand range. Population trend is Not 14 (Phalacocorax fuscicollis) LC No No Resident No No No No (2006) unknown. >10% of the Endemic Water Bird DMU: 10 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. Global EOO: Migratory species having 3.1 million wide geographic range, Little Egret (Egretta Not Resident 15 LC No No No No No No (2015) Population trend is garzetta) Water Bird Endemic migrants DMU: 10 increasing. >1% of the (AWC-2016)

166 Appendix 20

global population is not supporting. Migratory species having Global EOO: wide geographic range, 3.7 million Grey Heron (Ardea Not Resident Population trend is 16 LC No No No No No No (2015) cinerea) Water Bird Endemic migrants unknown. >1% of the DMU: 01 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. Migratory species having wide geographic range. Global EOO: Global population has not Median Egret (Mesophoyx Not Resident Unknown been quantified. 17 LC No No No No No No intermedia) Water Bird Endemic migrants DMU: 02 Population trend is (AWC-2016) decreasing. >1% of the global population is not supporting. Global EOO: It has an extremely large 9.8 million range. Population trend is Cattle Egret (Bubulcus ibis) Not Resident 18 LC No No No No No No (2015) increasing. >1% of the Water Bird Endemic migrants DMU: 15 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. It has an extremely large range throughout India Global EOO: and neighboring countries. Indian Pond Heron Not Unknown 19 LC No No Resident No No No No Population trend is (Ardeola grayii) Water Bird Endemic DMU: 10 unknown. >10% of the (AWC-2016) global population is not supporting. It has an extremely large Global EOO: range throughout India Asian Openbill-Stork Unknown and neighboring countries. Not 20 (Anastomus oscitans) LC No No Resident No No No No Exact DMU: Population trend is Endemic Water Bird 08 (AWC- unknown. >10% of the 2016) global population is not supporting. Wide range throughout Global EOO: India. Population trend is Black Ibis (Pseudibis Not Unknown 21 LC No No Resident No No No No decreasing. >10% of the papillosa) Water Bird Endemic DMU: 04 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting.

167

Wide geographical range mainly in India and Global EOO: neighboring countries, Lesser Whistling-Duck 2.0 million Not Overall population trend is 22 (Dendrocygna javanica) LC No No Resident No No No No (2006) Endemic suspected to be Water Bird DMU: 1500 decreasing. >10% of the (AWC-2016) global population is not supporting. Global EOO: It has an extremely large 4.9 million range; Population trend is Gadwall (Anas strepera) Not 23 LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) Exact increasing. >1% of the Water Bird Endemic DMU: 150 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. It has an extremely large Global EOO:: range. The overall Red-crested Pochard 0.6 million Not population trend is 24 (Rhodonessa rufina) Water LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) DMU: Endemic uncertain. >1% of the Bird 05 (AWC- global population is not 2016) supporting. It has an extremely large Global EOO: range. Overall population 7.2 million trend is decreasing Northern Pintail (Anas Not 25 LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) although some population acuta) Water Bird Endemic DMU: 80 is stable. >1% of the (AWC-2016) global population is not supporting. Global EOO: It has an extremely large 2.9 million range. Overall population Tufted Pochard/Duck Not 26 LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) trend is stable. >1% of the (Aythya fuligula) Water Bird Endemic DMU: 200 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. It has an extremely large range. Overall population Global EOO: trend is uncertain, some Brahminy Shelduck 0.22 million Not populations are 27 (Tadorna ferruginea) Water LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) DMU: Endemic decreasing while others Bird 40 (AWC- have unknown trend. >1% 2016) of the global population is not supporting.

168 Appendix 20

It has an extremely large range. Overall population Global EOO: trend is decreasing Little Ringed Plover 0.5 million Not although most population 28 (Charadrius dubius) Water LC No No Migratory No No No No (2006) Endemic have unknown trends. Bird DMU: 01 >1% of the global (AWC-2016) population is not supporting. It has an extremely large Global EOO: range. Overall population 3.2 million trend is decreasing, Common Sandpiper (Actitis Not Resident 29 LC No No No No No No (2015) although some population hypoleucos) Water Bird Endemic migrants DMU: 01 may be stable. >1% of the (AWC-2016) global population is not supporting. Its habitat is terrestrial, Global EOO: freshwater, and marine. 0.2 million Brown-headed Gull (Larus Not Resident Population trend is stable. 30 LC No No No No No No (2018) brunnicephalus) Water Bird Endemic migrants >1% of the global DMU: 15 population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. Global EOO: It has an extremely large 8.9 million range. Population trend is Black-headed Gull (Larus Not 31 LC No No Migratory No No No No (2015) unknown. >1% of the ridibundus) Water Bird Endemic DMU: 10 global population is not (AWC-2016) supporting. Species commonly found Global EOO:: all over India and White-breasted-Kingfisher Not neighboring countries. Not 32 (Halcyon smyrnensis) LC No No Resident No No No No quantified. Population trend is Endemic Wetland Dependent Birds DMU: 01 increasing. >10% of the (AWC-2016) global population is not supporting. Found throughout India, Global EOO: central and south east Common Swallow (Hirundo 487 million Not Resident Asia extremely large 33 rustica) Wetland LC No No No No No No (2015) DMU: Endemic migrants range, the overall Dependent Birds 10 (AWC- population trend is 2016) decreasing. >1% of the

169

global population is not supporting. It has an extremely large range, hence didn’t qualify Global EOO: Yellow Wagtail (Motacilla the thresholds for Not Resident Unknown 34 flava) Wetland Dependent LC No No No No No No Vulnerable under the Endemic migrants Exact DMU: Birds range size criterion. >1% Not known of the global population is not supporting. Wide geographical range Large Pied Wagtail Global EOO: mainly in India and (Motacilla Not Unknown neighboring countries, > 35 LC No No Resident No No No No maderaspatensis) Wetland Endemic Exact DMU: 10% of the global Dependent Birds Not known population is not supporting.

170

APPENDIX 9: SITE PHOTOGRAPH WITH COORDINATES

23°26’50.15 N 85°28’30.50 E

171

APPENDIX 10: SAMPLE OUTLINE SPOILS (CONSTRUCTION WASTE) MANAGEMENT PLAN

(i) The Spoil Management Plan should be site specific and be part of the monthly Construction Management Plan. (ii) The contractor, in consultation with the PIU, has to find out appropriate location/s for the disposal of the excess soil generated. The spoils should be deposited only at these sites. (iii) Further precautions need to be taken in case of the contaminated soils. (iv) The vehicle carrying the spoil should be covered properly. (v) The spoils generating from each site should be removed on the same day or immediately after the work is complete. The site / road should be restored to the original condition.

I. Spoils information

The spoil information contains the details like a) The type / material, b) Potential contamination by that type, c) Expected volume (site / component specific), d) Spoil Classification etc.

II. Spoils management

The Spoil Management section gives the details of a) Transportation of spoil b) disposal site details c) Precautions taken d) Volume of contaminated soil, if present, d) Suggested reuse of disposal of the spoil

III. Documentation

The volume of spoil generated (site specific, date wise), site disposed, reuse / disposal details should be documented properly.

172

APPENDIX 11: SAMPLE OUTLINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN Principles for TMP around the Water Pipes Construction Sites

1. One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along the work zone, and to address the following issues:

(i) the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists travelling through the construction zone. (ii) protection of work crews from hazards associated with moving traffic. (iii) mitigation of the adverse impact on road capacity and delays to the road users. (iv) maintenance of access to adjoining properties; and (v) addressing issues that may delay the project.

B. Operating Policies for TMP

2. The following principles will help promote safe and efficient movement for all road users (motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians, including persons with disabilities) through and around work zones while reasonably protecting workers and equipment.

(i) Make traffic safety and temporary traffic control an integral and high-priority element of project from planning through design, construction, and maintenance. (ii) Inhibit traffic movement as little as possible. (iii) Provide clear and positive guidance to drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians as they approach and travel through the temporary traffic control zone. (iv) Inspect traffic control elements routinely, both day and night, and make modifications when necessary. (v) Pay increased attention to roadside safety in the vicinity of temporary traffic control zones. (vi) Train all persons that select, place, and maintain temporary traffic control devices. (vii) Keep the public well informed; and (viii) Make appropriate accommodation for abutting property owners, residents, businesses, emergency services, railroads, commercial vehicles, and transit operations.

173

3. Figure A2 to Figure A12 illustrates the operating policy for TMP for the construction of water pipes along various types of roads.

C. Analyze the impact due to street closure

4. Apart from the capacity analysis, a final decision to close a particular street and divert the traffic should involve the following steps:

(i) approval from the ULB/Public Works Department (PWD) to use the local streets as detours. (ii) consultation with businesses, community members, traffic police, PWD, etc, regarding the mitigation measures necessary at the detours where the road is diverted during the construction. (iii) determining of the maximum number of days allowed for road closure, and incorporation of such provisions into the contract documents. (iv) determining if additional traffic control or temporary improvements are needed along the detour route. (v) considering how access will be provided to the worksite. (vi) contacting emergency service, school officials, and transit authorities to determine if there are impacts to their operations; and (vii) developing a notification program to the public so that the closure is not a surprise. As part of this program, the public should be advised of alternate routes that commuters can take or will have to take as result of the traffic diversion.

5. If full road-closure of certain streets within the area is not feasible due to inadequate capacity of the detour street or public opposition, the full closure can be restricted to weekends with the construction commencing on Saturday night and ending on Monday morning prior to the morning peak period.

174

Figure A11.1: Policy Steps for the TMP

• Review construction schedule and methods Review

Traffic Re- • Identify initial traffic recirculation and control policy Circulation

• Identify routes for traffic diversions Traffic • Analyse adverse impact and mitigation at the detours Diversions

• Begin community consultation for consensus Full Road • Finalise or determine alternate detours Colsures

• Identify temporary parking (on and off -street ) Temporary • Discuss with CMC, owner, community for use parking

• Coordinate with theTraffic Police to enforce traffic and diversions Police Coordination

• Install traffic control devices (traffic cones, sgns, lightings, etc) Install control devices

• Conduct campaigns, publicity, and notify public about street closure Awareness

• Develop a mechanism to address public grievances regarding disruptons (traffic, utilities, and diversions) Public Redress

D. Public awareness and notifications

6. As per discussions in the previous sections, there will be travel delays during the constructions, as is the case with most construction projects, albeit on a reduced scale if utilities and traffic management are properly coordinated. There are additional grounds for travel delays in the area, as most of the streets lack sufficient capacity to accommodate additional traffic from diverted traffic as a result of street closures to accommodate the works.

7. The awareness campaign and the prior notification for the public will be a continuous activity which the project will carry out to compensate for the above delays and minimize public claims as result of these problems. These activities will take place sufficiently in advance of the time when the roadblocks or traffic diversions take place at the particular streets. The reason for this is to allow sufficient time for the public and residents to understand the changes to their travel plans. The project will notify the public about the roadblocks and traffic diversion through public notices, ward level meetings and city level meeting with the elected representatives.

8. The PIU will also conduct an awareness campaign to educate the public about the following issues:

(i) traffic control devices in place at the work zones (signs, traffic cones, barriers, etc.). (ii) defensive driving behaviour along the work zones; and (iii) reduced speeds enforced at the work zones and traffic diversions.

175

9. It may be necessary to conduct the awareness programs/campaigns on road safety during construction.

10. The campaign will cater to all types of target groups i.e., children, adults, and drivers. Therefore, these campaigns will be conducted in schools and community Centres. In addition, the project will publish a brochure for public information. These brochures will be widely circulated around the area and will also be available at the PIU, and the contractor's site office. The text of the brochure should be concise to be effective, with a lot of graphics. It will serve the following purpose:

(i) explain why the brochure was prepared, along with a brief description of the project. (ii) advise the public to expect the unexpected. (iii) educate the public about the various traffic control devices and safety measures adopted at the work zones. (iv) educate the public about the safe road user behaviour to emulate at the work zones. (v) tell the public how to stay informed or where to inquire about road safety issues at the work zones (name, telephone, mobile number of the contact person; and (vi) indicate the office hours of relevant offices.

E. Install traffic control devices at the work zones and traffic diversion routes

11. The purpose of installing traffic control devices at the work zones is to delineate these areas to warn, inform, and direct the road users about a hazard ahead, and to protect them as well as the workers. As proper delineation is a key to achieve the above objective, it is important to install good traffic signs at the work zones. The following traffic control devices are used in work zones:

(i) Signs. (ii) Pavement Markings. (iii) Channelizing Devices. (iv) Arrow Panels; and (v) Warning Lights.

12. Procedures for installing traffic control devices at any work zone vary, depending on road configuration, location of the work, construction activity, duration, traffic speed and volume, and pedestrian traffic. Work will take place along major roads, and the minor internal roads. As such, the traffic volume and road geometry vary. The main roads carry considerable traffic; internal roads in the new city areas are wide but in old city roads very narrow and carry considerable traffic. However, regardless of where the construction takes place, all the work zones should be cordoned off, and traffic shifted away at least with traffic cones, barricades, and temporary signs (temporary “STOP” and “GO”).

13. Figure A11.2 to Figure A11.6 illustrates a typical set-up for installing traffic control devices at the work zone of the area, depending on the location of work on the roadway, and road geometrics:

176

(i) Work on shoulder or parking lane. (ii) Shoulder or parking lane closed on divided road. (iii) Work in Travel lane. (iv) Lane closure on road with low volume; and (v) Street closure with detour 5. 14. The work zone should take into consideration the space required for a buffer zone between the workers and the traffic (lateral and longitudinal) and the transition space required for delineation, as applicable. For the works, a 30 cm clearance between the traffic and the temporary STOP and GO signs should be provided. In addition, at least 60 cm is necessary to install the temporary traffic signs and cones.

15. Traffic police should regulate traffic away from the work zone and enforce the traffic diversion result from full street closure in certain areas during construction. Flag men / personnel should be equipped with reflective jackets at all times and have traffic control batons (preferably the LED type) for regulating the traffic during nighttime.

16. In addition to the delineation devices, all the construction workers should wear fluorescent safety vests and helmets in order to be visible to the motorists at all times. There should be provision for lighting beacons and illumination for night constructions.

177

Figure A11.2 and A11.3: Work on shoulder or parking lane and Shoulder or parking lane closed on divided road

178

Figure A11.4 and A11.5: Work in Travel lane and Lane closure on road with low volume

179

Figure A11.6: Street closure with detour

180

APPENDIX 12: Salient Features of Major Labor Laws Applicable to Establishments Engaged in Construction of Civil Works

Workmen Compensation Act, 1923 - The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment.

Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 - Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5 years’ service or more or on death at the rate of 15 days wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 10 or more employees.

Employees’ PF and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 - The Act provides for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers @10 % or 8.33 %. The benefits payable under the Act are: (a) Pension or family pension on retirement or death as the case may be (b) deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker; (c) payment of PF accumulation on retirement/death etc.

Maternity Benefit (Amendment) Act 2017- The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.

Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 - The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labor and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided by the Principal Employer by Law. The principal employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take a License from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of principal employer if they employ 20 or more contract labor.

Minimum Wages Act, 1948 - The employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, Roads, Runways are scheduled employment.

Payment of Wages Act, 1936 - It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers.

Equal Remuneration Act, 1979 - The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature to Male and Female workers and not for making discrimination against Female employees in the matters of transfers, training, and promotions etc.

Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 - The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 20 or more workmen. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus subject to a minimum of 8.33 % of wages and maximum of 20 % of wages to employees drawing ₹3,500/- per month or less. The bonus to be paid to employees getting ₹2,500/- per month or above up to ₹3,500/- per month shall be worked out by taking wages as ₹2,500/- per month only. The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set up establishments are exempted for five years in certain circumstances. Some of the State Governments have reduced the employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose of applicability of the Act.

Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 - The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment.

181

Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946 - It is applicable to all establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by some of the States and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the employer on matters provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated Authority.

Trade Unions Act, 1926 - The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade unions of workmen and employees. The trade unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities.

Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986 - The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of child labor is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry.

Inter-State Migrant Workmen's (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 - The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another state). The inter-state migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, traveling expenses from home up to the establishment and back, etc.

The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996 - All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction work and employ 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay Cess at rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be notified by the Government. The employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance, housing accommodation for workers near the workplace etc. The employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government.

182

Appendix 13: Standard Operating Procedure Amidst Covid-19 Pandemic

A new Standard Operating Procedure [SOP] is issued amidst the current phase of the pandemic for ‘local transmission and limited community transmission. This SOP is applicable to the current phase of COVID-19 pandemic in India (local transmission and limited community transmission). For construction sector, NAREDCO, under the guidance of Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW), Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA) and Govt. of India, has defined the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and guidelines to ensure safety of construction site workers.

General guidelines for Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and guidelines for Construction Sites for COVID-19 Outbreak The guidelines have been divided into three sections namely, applicable for all, for workers, and for materials, tools, machinery, vehicles etc.

Guidelines Applicable for all

• All Protocol including Emergency Response will be laid out. Identity Cards will be issued to everyone entering the site area. Periodic tailgate sessions will be arranged to review site protocols in view of highly dynamic scenarios ensuring social distancing norms. • Mandatory Thermal Scanning of everyone entering and exiting a construction site will be done for fever with thermal scanners. • Provision for hand wash & sanitizer (touch free recommended) will be made at all entry and exit points and common areas (including at distant locations like higher floors). Everyone will be required to wash & sanitize his/her hands before entering the site. Same procedure to be followed after exiting the premise. • Everyone entering the site area should mandatorily wear a face mask. • Hand gloves should be used by the workers who are handling material coming from outside. • There will be a strict ban on Gutka, Tambaku, Paan etc. on site and spitting shall be strictly prohibited. • Food should be consumed at designated areas only ensuring social distancing. • Post lunch, waste should be disposed of by individuals in designated bins and the area should remain clean. • Entire construction sites including site office, labour camp, canteens, pathways, toilets, entry / exit gates will be disinfected on a daily basis. • Housekeeping team should be provided with necessary equipment. • There will be a total ban on non-essential visitors at sites. • Hospitals/clinics in the nearby area, which are authorized to treat COVID-19 patients, should be identified and list should be available at Site all the time. 183

• A doctor will be present periodically (at least once a week) at site on allotted time for any medical assistance. • Appropriate signage at construction site spelling out safety practices in the language which is understood by all. • For any confusion, clarification and update, everyone should approach designated authority or rely on an authentic source.

Guidelines for workers

• On day zero, before resuming the work on sites post lockdown period, mandatory medical check-up will be arranged for all workers. • The workers coming from outside should observe home-quarantine for at least 14 days as per the guidelines issued by MoHFW. • Only medically fit workers will be deployed at site and medical assistance will be arranged for unfit workers. • A unique photo identity card with serial number will be issued to all the workers and their family members staying at site. • All the essential items will be made available to them at site only. If necessary, they can go out wearing face masks, after informing the supervisor.

184

• No outside worker will be allowed to stay at site without following proper procedure and instructions. • Start time on site will be staggered to avoid congestion at the entry gates. • As in most cases, workers reside at the Sites, hence no travel arrangements are required for them. • The workers staying outside (which are always nearby) should reach the site either by walking or by their individual mode of transport (bicycle, two-wheeler etc.). • During attendance, training and other sessions, social distancing guidelines will be followed along with provision of no-touch attendance. • All workers may be advised to take care of their own health and look out for respiratory symptoms/fever and, if feeling unwell, should leave the workplace immediately after informing their reporting officers. • They should observe home-quarantine as per the guidelines issued by MoHFW and should immediately inform the nearest health centre or call 011-23978046. • Workers should not shake hands when greeting others and while working on the site. • Mandatorily wear face masks while working on site. While not wearing masks, cover your mouth and nose with tissues if you cough/sneeze or do so in the crook of your arm at your elbow. • Avoid large gatherings or meetings. Maintain at least 1 meter (3 feet) distance from persons, especially with those having flu-like symptoms, during interaction. • Not more than 2/4 persons (depending on size) should be allowed to travel in lifts or hoists. • Use of the staircase for climbing should be encouraged. • Workers should clean hands frequently by washing them with soap and water for at least 40 seconds. • Workers should not share their belongings like food, water bottles, utensils, mobile phones etc. with others. • The utensils should be washed properly post use at designated places. • Post work, workers should change their clothes before leaving the site and clothing should not be shook out. • Avoid touching your eyes, nose, or mouth with unwashed hands. 6.

185

Guidelines for Material, Tools, Machinery, Vehicles etc.

• At all points of time, easy access to parking should be ensured since public transit is limited. • All vehicles and machinery entering the premises should be disinfected by spray mandatorily. • All construction material arriving at site should be left idle for 3 days before use to ensure safe usage. • Non-touch garbage bins with biodegradable garbage bags should be installed for waste collection at all common access areas. • Wipe down interiors and door handles of machines or construction vehicles, the handles of equipment and tools that are shared, with disinfectant prior to use. 7.

186

Conclusion

Apart from guidelines of Standard Operating Procedures a Site Safety Representative (SSR) will be deployed at every site, to ensure the safety guideline is followed. Necessary training will be given in advance to Supervisors and SSRs, so that they can train the workers further.

187

APPENDIX 14: GUIDANCE FOR CONTRACTORS CAMPS

Siting of Contractor’s Camp Sites /land types to be avoided: Lands close to habitations. Irrigated agricultural lands. Lands belonging to small farmers. Lands under village forests Lands within 100m of community water bodies and water sources as rivers Lands supporting dense vegetation and Forest with/without conservations status. Low lying lands Lands within 100m of watercourses Grazing lands and lands with or without tenure rights Lands where there is no willingness of the landowner to permit its use. 2km from Class A and above towns 500m from any villages Community land ((Gochars, Thans) which is traditionally used as conservation areas. Land Types Preferred Waste lands. Waste Lands belonging to owners who look upon the temporary use as a source of income. Community lands or government lands not used for beneficial purposes. Private non-irrigated lands where the owner is willing. Lands with an existing access road. Living Arrangements: Ensure conditions of livability at work camps are always maintained at the highest standards possible; living quarters and construction camps shall be provided with standard materials (as far as possible to use portable ready to fit-in reusable cabins with proper ventilation); thatched huts, and facilities constructed with materials like GI sheets, tarpaulins, etc., shall not be used as accommodation for workers. The living arrangement in the camp shall be developed taking into consideration the social distancing norms and other precautions advised by the Government or any national or international agencies. Security: The contractor shall put in place the following security measures to ensure the safety of the workers. The following measures shall be incorporated: The contractor/sub-contractor shall provide Identity cards to all the employees/workers. Access to the campsite shall be limited to the residing workforce. The contractor shall be responsible for deploying adequate number of guards. However, guards shall not carry any firearms unless authorized by the Client or his representative. Adequate, daytime/ night-time lighting shall be provided at all the facilities in the camp. The security personnel shall be provided with training to respect the community traditions and in dealing with, use of force etc.; and The rental accommodation shall be provided with firefighting equipment and portable fire extinguishers. Provision of Drinking Water: Access to an adequate and convenient supply of free potable water is a necessity for workers. The domestic water supply shall be made available by the contractor. Safe drinking water conforming to the IS 10500:2012 for drinking water shall be provided. Bottled Potable drinking water would be provided to all the employee/workers both at the worksite and at the construction camps. 188

Every water supply or storage shall be at a distance not less than 15m from any wastewater / sewage drain or other source of pollution. Water sources within 15m proximity of toilet, drain or any source of pollution will not be used for any consumption purpose in the project. The Contractor should regularly monitor (every quarter) the quality of drinking water available. In case of non-compliance with the Drinking Water Specifications, additional treatment shall be provided, or alternative sources of water supply shall be arranged; and All tanks used for the storage of drinking water shall covered as to prevent water stored therein from becoming polluted or contaminated. The tanks shall be cleaned at regular interval (minimum every 3 months) to ensure hygiene conditions are maintained. Cooking Arrangement: The construction phase will involve engagement of large number of migrant people in the project area for a limited time. Hence, there shall be requirement of provision of cooking facilities (kitchen) as listed below: The cooking area shall be separate from the Living quarters. Places for food preparation are designed to permit good hygiene practices, including protection against contamination between and during food preparation. The cooking area should be provided with water connections which is fit for consumption. Adequate personal hygiene including designated areas for cleaning hands and cleaning of utensils; and All kitchen floors, ceiling and wall surfaces adjacent to or above food preparation and cooking areas are built using durable, non-absorbent, easily cleanable, non-toxic materials. Food preparation area to be durable, easily cleanable, non-corrosive surface made of non-toxic materials. To ensure that the fuel need of laborers in the project area does not interfere with the local requirements, necessary arrangements for supply of cooking fuel to the laborer shall be done by the contractor. Clean fuels shall be used in no circumstance fuel wood shall be used for cooking or heating. Washing and Bathing Facilities In every site, adequate and suitable facilities for washing clothes and utensils shall be provided and maintained for the use of contract labour employed therein. Separate and adequate bathing shall be provided for the use of male and female workers. Such facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in clean and hygienic conditions. Toilets Facilities Sanitary arrangements, latrines and urinals shall be provided in every workplace separately for male and female workers. The arrangements shall include: A latrine for every 15 females or part thereof (where female workers are employed). A latrine for every 10 males. Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned as to secure privacy and shall have a proper door and fastenings. Where workers of both sexes are employed, there shall be displayed outside each block of latrine and urinal, a notice in the language understood by most of the workers ―” For Men Only” or ―” For Women Only” as the case may be. Pictographic signages can also be used. The latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and shall be always maintained in a clean sanitary condition and should have a proper drainage system. Water shall be provided in (preferably) or near the latrines and urinals by storage in suitable containers.

Wastewater Generation: There will of generation of wastewater from the campsite. About 80% of water used shall be generated as sewage/wastewater. Contractor shall ensure that the campsite/s is/are equipped with: Septic tank and soak pit for disposal of sewage or with mobile bio-toilets. The toilets and the septic tank and soak pit should not be located near any drinking water sources either within or outside the camp.

189

The storm water and sewage system should be separate. The surface water drainage shall include all necessary gutters, down pipes, gullies, traps, catch pits, manholes etc. An Oil water separator should be in the drains leading out of the maintenance area. Water passing out of the camp should be passed through a sedimentation tank of at-least 3hrs holding capacity. Sanitary and toilet facilities are constructed of materials that are easily cleanable. Sanitary and toilet facilities are required to be cleaned frequently and kept in working condition. Solid Waste Management: The solid waste generated from campsite will mostly comprise of compostable wastes like vegetable residues (kitchen waste) and combustible waste like paper, cans, plastic, and some non-degradable waste like glass/glass bottles. Improper disposal of solid waste will lead to environmental degradation and health hazards to labour as well as nearby community. The following measures shall be adopted by contractors for ensuring effective management of solid waste: The solid wastes of domestic nature (especially food waste, waste from canteen) shall be collected and stored separately in appropriate containers with proper covers on them so that they are not littered. Separate bins with proper markings in terms of recyclable or non-recyclable waste shall be provided in the houses and kitchen premises in sufficient numbers for collection of garbage. Food waste and other refuse are to be removed from the kitchen frequently to avoid accumulation; and The contractor shall ensure that all food waste generated is composed within the camp premises. All recyclables except for the waste which are covered by any other act/rules other than the Municipal Solid Waste Rules 2016. Roads All the internal roads shall be paved. The concrete slurry from the batching plant shall be used for paving the roads. Medical Facility: Effective health management is necessary for preventing spread of communicable diseases among labour and within the adjoining community. The following medical facilities shall be provided by contractors for the construction workers: A first aid centre shall be provided for the labour within the construction site equipped with medicines and other basic facilities. Adequate first aid kits shall be provided in the campsite in accessible place. The kit shall contain all type of medicines and dressing material. Contractor shall identify and train an adequate number of workers to provide first aid during medical emergencies. Regular health check-ups shall be carried out for the construction laborer’s every six month and health records shall be maintained. Labours should have easy access to medical facilities and first aid; where possible, nurses should be available for female workers. First Aid Box will be provided at every construction campsite and under the charge of a responsible person who shall always be readily available during working hours. He shall be adequately trained in administering first aid-treatment. Formal arrangement shall be prescribed to carry injured person or person suddenly taken ill to the nearest hospital. The first aid box shall contain the following. small, sterilized dressings 3 medium size sterilized dressings 3 large size sterilized dressings 3 large, sterilized burns dressings 1 (30 ml) bottle containing 2 % alcoholic solution of iodine. 1 (30 ml) bottle containing Sal volatile. 1 snakebite lancet 1 (30 gms) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals 1 pair scissors Ointment for burns A bottle of suitable surgical antiseptic solution

190

In case, the number of labours exceeds 50, the items in the first aid box shall be doubled. All the vehicles and equipment shall be provided with a fir-aid box with all the above. The medicines should be regularly checked for the expiry of the medicines. Information and awareness of communicable diseases, AIDS etc. shall be provided to workers. Basic collective social/rest spaces are provided to workers. Fire-fighting arrangement The contractor shall carry out demarcation of area susceptible to fires and put in precautionary signages as specified in IS 9457. Portable fire extinguishers and/or sand baskets shall be provided at easily accessible locations in the event of fire as per the provisions of IS 2190. The contractor shall carry out fire safety drill every quarter and Workers shall be trained on the usage of such equipment/s. Fuel and Chemical Storage License is required for storage and transport of any such product (i.e., petroleum class B) if the total quantity in in possession does exceed 2500 liters in non-bulk (i.e., drums) or 1000litres in a receptacle / tank (i.e., bulk). All fuel and chemical storage area should be made impermeable either by concrete flooring or by placing an HDPE liner. The storage area shall be provided with a bunded. The capacity of the bund shall be 110% of the volume of the maximum storage tank. The area shall be covered and secured under lock and key. In no condition shall the fuel be decanted by tilting of drums. An approved fuel pump manual or energy driven shall be used. In case of spills Emergency Spill care procedures as presented in Appendix 8 shall be used. Vehicle Maintenance and Repairs Equipment maintenance and refueling sites will be located at least 500 m from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. The wastewater/ runoff from the vehicle maintenance area shall be passed through an Oil water separation system to prevent any oil and grease into the natural system.

191

APPENDIX 15: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM

(To be available in Hindi and English) The ______Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries, and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you.

Date Place of registration Project Town

Project: Contact information/personal details Name Gender * Male Age * Female Home address Place Phone no. E-mail Complaint/suggestion/comment/question Please provide the details (who, what, where, and how) of your grievance below:

If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: How do you want us to reach you for feedback or update on your comment/grievance?

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Registered by: (Name of official registering grievance)

Mode of communication: Note/letter. E-mail Verbal/telephonic Reviewed by: (Names/positions of officials reviewing grievance)

Action taken:

Whether action taken disclosed: Yes No Means of disclosure:

192

APPENDIX 16: TYPICAL CROSS SECTION OF COFFER DAM

193

APPENDIX 17: SAMPLE ENVIRONMENTAL SITE INSPECTION REPORT

SAUW SAMPLE SITE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Subproject: Date: Location: Chainage (for linear works):

Monitoring/Inspection Questions Findings Comments/Clarifications 1. Supervision and Management On-SIte Yes No NA a. Is an EHS supervisor available? b. Is a copy of the SEMP available? c. Are daily toolbox talks conducted on site? 2. The Facilities Yes No NA a. Are there a medical and first aid kits on site? b. Are emergency contact details available on-site? c. Are there PPEs available? What are they? d. Are the PPEs in good condition? e. Are there firefighting equipment on site? f. Are there separate sanitary facilities for male and female workers? g. Is drinking water supply available for workers? h. Is there a rest area for workers? i. Are storage areas for chemicals available and with protection? in safe locations? 3. Occupational Health and Safety Yes No NA Are the PPEs being used by workers? Are excavation trenches provided with shores or protection from landslide? Is breaktime for workers provided? How many for each type of collection vehicle is in current use? 4. Community Safety Yes No NA Are excavation areas provided with barricades around them? Are safety signages posted around the sites? Are temporary and safe walkways for pedestrians available near work sites? Is there a record of treated wastewater quality testing/measurement? 5. Solid Waste Management Yes No NA Are excavated materials placed sufficiently away from water courses? 194

Monitoring/Inspection Questions Findings Comments/Clarifications Is solid waste segregation and management in place? Is there a regular collection of solid wastes from work sites? 6. Wastewater Management Yes No NA Are there separate sanitary facilities for various types of use (septic tanks, urination, washing, etc.)? Is any wastewater discharged to storm drains? Is any wastewater being treated prior to discharge? Are measures in place to avoid siltation of nearby drainage or receiving bodies of water? Are silt traps or sedimentation ponds installed for surface runoff regularly cleaned and freed of silts or sediments? 7. Dust Control Yes No NA o Is the construction site watered to minimize generation of dust? o Are roads within and around the construction sites sprayed with water on regular intervals? o Is there a speed control for vehicles at construction sites? o Are stockpiles of sand, cement and other construction materials covered to avoid being airborne? o Are construction vehicles carrying soils and other spoils covered? o Are generators provided with air pollution control devices? o Are all vehicles regularly maintained to minimize emission of black smoke? Do they have valid permits? 8. Noise Control Yes No NA Is the work only taking place between 7 am and 7 pm, week days? Do generators operate with doors closed or provided with sound barrier around them? Is idle equipment turned off or throttled down? Are there noise mitigation measures adopted at construction sites? Are neighboring residents notified in advance of any noisy activities expected at construction sites? 9. Traffic Management Yes No NA a) Are traffic signages available around the construction sites and nearby roads?

195

Monitoring/Inspection Questions Findings Comments/Clarifications b) Are re-routing signages sufficient to guide motorists? c) Are the excavation sites along roads provided with barricades with reflectors? d) Are the excavation sites provided with sufficient lighting at night? 10. Recording System Yes No NA Do the contractors have recording system for SEMP implementation? Are the daily monitoring sheets accomplished by the contractor EHS supervisor (or equivalent) properly compiled? Are laboratory results of environmental sampling conducted since the commencement of construction activities properly compiled? Are these records readily available at the site and to the inspection team?

Other Issues:

Prepared by: Name, Designation and Signature

196

APPENDIX 18: ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS MONITORING TEMPLATE (QPR AND SEMR)

Environment Safeguards Quarterly Progress (QPR) Checklist39

Introduction • Description of sub-project implemented by PIU. • Environmental category of the subproject. • Details of site personnel and/or consultants responsible for environmental monitoring; and • Subproject status 8. Activity Yes / No Remarks (If Answer Is No) A. For subproject packages under bidding

1. IEEs cleared by ADB?

2. IEEs/EMPs included in the bidding documents?

3. Are there changes in the scope of work of the cleared IEEs?

4. Core labor standards and environment, health, and safety (EHS) incorporated in Section 8 of the bid documents? 5. BOQ line item includes EMP requirements?

6. IEE disclosed in form and language understood by stakeholders and affected persons (APs)?

For subproject packages with contracts awarded (no works yet)

1. All statutory clearances/permits obtained?

2. Each contractor appointed EHS and/or safety officer?

3. Baseline regarding condition of roads, agricultural land, and other infrastructure prior to start of transportation of materials and construction has been recorded? 4. Contractor has established tie-ups with local hospitals/clinics for emergencies onsite? 5. For DBO packages, detailed design completed and updated IEE submitted to ADB? 6. For civil works packages, site-specific EMP submitted to ADB?

39 This checklist should provide the Project’s general compliance to environment safeguards during the reporting period. The indicators are aligned with project loan agreement, PAM, IEEs and ADB’s Sustainable Development Safeguards Division Safeguards project performance rating. The detailed environmental safeguards compliance status should be provided in the semi-annual environmental monitoring report. 197

Activity Yes / No Remarks (If Answer Is No) For subproject packages with contracts awarded and works on-going

1. Contractors have appointed EHS and/or safety officer onsite per subproject package? 2. Site-specific EMP posted onsite?

3. Contractors’ records of accidents / incidents submitted to PMU on a monthly basis? 4. Contractors provided PMU with a notification/incident report of any accident(s) within 24 hours of its occurrence? 5. Reports of complaints/grievances reported monthly to PMU?

6. Records of information disclosure/consultations submitted by PIUs to PMU monthly? 7. Records of site inspection by PIU submitted to PMU monthly?

198

SAMPLE Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Report Template

INTRODUCTION

. Overall project description and objectives; and . Environmental category as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009.

PROJECT SAFEGUARDS TEAM

Identify the role/s of Safeguards Team including schedule of on-site verification of reports submitted by consultants and contractors.

Name Designation/Office Email Address Contact Number 1. PMU

2. PIUs

3. Consultants

OVERALL PROJECT AND SUBPROJECT/PACKAGE PROGRESS AND STATUS

Indicate (i) status of design – preliminary design or final design; and (ii) status of implementation - under bidding, contract awarded but no works yet, contract awarded with works, civil works completed, or O&M. Package Components/List Type of Status of Contract If On-going Number of Works Contract Implementation Status Construction (specify (specify if (specify %Physical Expected if DBO, Preliminary if under Progress Completion DB or Design, Detailed bidding Date civil Design, On-going or works) Construction, contract Completed Works, awarded) or O&M phase)40

For package with awarded contract, provide name/s and contact details of contractor/s’ nodal person/s for environmental safeguards.

40 If on-going construction, include %physical progress, and expected date of completion.

199

Package IEE Cleared Contractor HSE Nodal Email Contact Name by ADB Person Address Number (provide date)

STATUS OF IEE PER SUBPROJECT/PACKAGE

Provide status of updated/final IEE41 per package.

Package-wise Implementation Status Packag Final IEE based on Detailed Design Site-specific Remark e EMP (or s Number Not yet Submitted Disclose Final IEE Constructio due to ADB. d on provided to n EMP) (detailed (provide project Contractor/s approved by design not date of website. . Project yet submission (provide (Yes/No) Director?42 completed ) link) (Yes/No) )

COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH NATIONAL/STATE/LOCAL STATUTORY ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS43 Package Statutory Status of Validity Action Specific No. Environmental Compliance Date(s) Required Conditions Requirements44 (Specify if (if that will obtained, already require submitted, and obtained) environmental awaiting approval, monitoring45 application not yet submitted)

41 IEE prepared based on preliminary design and cleared by ADB with condition that updated/Final IEE based on detailed design will be submitted. 42 Works will not be allowed until SEMP/CEMP is approved by project implementation unit or project management unit. 43 All statutory clearance/s, no-objection certificates, permit/s, etc. should be obtained prior to award of contract/s. Attach as appendix all clearance obtained during the reporting period. If already reported, specify in the “remarks” column. 44 Specify statutory requirements: environmental clearance? Permit/consent to establish? Forest clearance? Workers/Labor permit, etc. 45 Example: Environmental Clearance requires ambient air quality monitoring, Forest Clearance/Tree-cutting Permit requires 2 trees for every tree, etc.

200

COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LOAN COVENANTS Schedule No. and Covenant Status of Action Required Item Compliance (see Project Loan Agreement and list provisions relevant to environmental safeguards, core labor standards and occupational health and safety)

COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (REFER TO EMP TABLES IN APPROVED IEE/S)

1. Confirm in IEE/s if contractors are required to submit site-specific EMP (SEMP)/construction EMPs (CEMP). If not, describe the methodology of monitoring each package under implementation; and 2. Provide over-all compliance of the contractors with SEMP/CEMP. This should be supported by contractors’ monthly monitoring reports to PIU(s) and/or verification reports of PIU(s) or project consultants. Include as appendix supporting documents such as signed monthly environmental site inspection reports prepared by consultants and/or contractors.

Overall Compliance with SEMP/CEMP Package Status of SEMP/CEMP Implementation Action Proposed and No. (Excellent/ Satisfactory/ Partially Satisfactory/ Additional Measures Below Satisfactory) Required

3. Provide description based on site observations and records: . Confirm if any dust was noted to escape the site boundaries and identify dust suppression techniques followed for site/s. . Identify muddy water was escaping site boundaries or muddy tracks were seen on adjacent roads. . Identify type of erosion and sediment control measures installed on site/s, condition of erosion and sediment control measures including if these were intact following heavy rain. . Identify designated areas for concrete works, chemical storage, construction materials, and refueling. Attach photographs of each area. . Confirm spill kits on site and site procedure for handling emergencies.

201

. Identify any chemical stored on site and provide information on storage condition. Attach photograph. . Describe management of stockpiles in each work site (construction materials, excavated soils, spoils, etc.). Provide photographs. . Describe management of solid and liquid wastes on-site (quantity generated, transport, storage, and disposal). Provide photographs. . Provide information on barricades, signages, and on-site boards. Provide photographs. . Provide information on workers labor camp(s). Provide photographs. . Provide information on work-related accidents and incidents. Describe actions implemented; and . Provide information on if there are any activities being undertaken out of working hours and how that is being managed.

4. Provide list of trainings on environmental safeguards, core labor standards, and OSH conducted during the reporting period. Include ADB-organized workshop, trainings, seminars, etc).

Trainings, Workshops and Seminars Conducted Date Topic Conducted No. of No. of Remarks by Participants Participants (Total) (Female)

Provide the monitoring results as per the parameters outlined in the approved EMP (or site- specific EMP/construction EMP when applicable).

Summary of Environmental Monitoring Activities (for the Reporting Period)46 Impacts Mitigation Parameters Method Location of Date of Person (List from Measures Monitored of Monitoring Monitori Who SEMP/CEM (List from (As Monitori (Provide ng Conduct P) SEMP/CEM identified in ng GPS Conduct ed the P) the (Visual, Coordinates ed Monitori SEMP/CEM Actual )47 ng P) Sampling, etc) Design Phase

Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

46 Attach Laboratory Results and Sampling Map/Locations 47 If GPS coordinate is not available, provide landmark(s) and/or chainage.

202

Impacts Mitigation Parameters Method Location of Date of Person (List from Measures Monitored of Monitoring Monitori Who SEMP/CEM (List from (As Monitori (Provide ng Conduct P) SEMP/CEM identified in ng GPS Conduct ed the P) the (Visual, Coordinates ed Monitori SEMP/CEM Actual )47 ng P) Sampling, etc) Operational Phase

MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ON PROJECT SURROUNDINGS

Confirm records of pre-work condition of roads, agricultural land, or other infrastructure prior to starting to transport materials and construction. Package No. Status of Pre-Work Baseline Action Proposed Conditions Environmental and Additional (Recorded / Not Conditions (air, Measures Required Recorded) water, noise) Documented. (Yes / No)

Provide information on monitoring activities conducted during reporting period. If not conducted, provide justification. Compare results with baseline and internationally recognized standards.48

Air Quality Monitoring Results Site No. Date of Site Location Parameters (as Remarks Testing (Provide GPS required by statutory Coordinates)49 clearances or as mentioned in the IEE) PM10 SO2 NO2 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

Water Quality Monitoring Results Site Date of Site Parameters (as required by statutory clearances Remarks No. Sampling Location or as mentioned in the IEE)

48 ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) Appendix 1, para 33: During the design, construction, and operation of the project the borrower/client will apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When host country regulations differ from these levels and measures, the borrower/client will achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the borrower/client will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in the SPS. 49 If GPS coordinate is not available, provide landmark(s) and/or chainage.

203

pH Conductivity BOD TSS TN TP µS/cm mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L

Noise Quality Monitoring Results Site No. Date of Site LAeq (dBA) (as required Remarks Testing Location by statutory clearances or as mentioned in the IEE) Day Time Nighttime

INFORMATION DISCLOSURE AND CONSULTATIONS

1. Confirm PMU/PIU/contractors provide project-related information to stakeholders, communities and/or affected people before and during construction works;50 and 2. Provide information on consultations conducted during reporting period such dates, topics discussed, type of consultation, issues/concerns raised, safeguards team member present. Attach minutes of meetings (ensure English translation is provided), attendance sheet, and photos.

Date of Location Number of Issues/Concerns Response to Consultation Participants Raised issues/concerns (specify total, male and female)

GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

Grievance Redress Mechanism. Provide information on establishment of grievance redress mechanism and capacity of grievance redress committee to address project-related issues/complaints. Include as appendix Notification of the GRM (package-wise if applicable); and

Complaints Received during the Reporting Period. Provide information on number, nature, and resolution of complaints received during reporting period. Attach records as per GRM in the approved IEE. Identify safeguards team member/s involved in the GRM process. Attach minutes of meetings (ensure English translation is provided).

SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES/CONCERNS IDENTIFIED DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS

50 Check EMP requirement on information disclosure. At a minimum, PIU thru the contractor should notify communities/affected persons/sensitive receptors 7 days and again 1 day before start of works.

204

Provide corrective action plan which should include all issues/concerns, actions required to be implemented, responsible entities, and target dates.

STATUS OF CORRECTIVE ACTIONS FROM PREVIOUS SEMR(S)

Provide information on corrective actions to be implemented as reported in the previous SEMR(s). Include status of implementation of feedbacks/comments/suggestions as provided by ADB, if any.

Corrective Action Plan Status Issues/Concerns Corrective Action Status Remarks

APPENDIXES • Photos. • Records of consultations. • Copies of environmental clearances and permits (if not provided in the previous SEMR). • Environmental site inspection report (if not provided in the previous SEMR); and • Other

Summary Monitoring Table Impacts Mitigation Parameters Method of Location Date of Name of (List Measures Monitored Monitoring of Monitoring Person from (List from (As a Monitoring Conducted Who IEE) IEE) minimum Conducted those the identified in Monitoring the IEE should be monitored) Design Phase

Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Operational Phase

205

Overall Compliance with EMP No. Sub- EMP Part of EMP Being Status of Action Project Contract Implemented Implementation Proposed and Name Documents (Y/N) (Excellent/ Additional (Y/N) Satisfactory/ Partially Measures Satisfactory/ Below Required Satisfactory)

Approach and methodology for environmental monitoring of the project

Brief description on the approach and methodology used for environmental monitoring of each sub-project.

Monitoring of environmental impacts on project surroundings (ambient air, water quality and noise levels)

o Brief discussion on the basis for monitoring. o Indicate type and location of environmental parameters to be monitored. o Indicate the method of monitoring and equipment to be used; and o Provide monitoring results and an analysis of results in relation to baseline data and statutory requirements.

As a minimum the results should be presented as per the tables below.

Air Quality Results Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 SO2 NO2 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

Parameters (Monitoring Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Results)

206

PM10 SO2 NO2 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

Water Quality Results Parameters (Government Standards) Site Date of Site Location pH Conductivity BOD TSS TN TP No. Sampling µS/cm mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L

Parameters (Monitoring Results) Site Date of Site Location pH Conductivity BOD TSS TN TP No. Sampling µS/cm mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L

Noise Quality Results LAeq (dBA) (Government Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Standard) Day Time Nighttime

LAeq (dBA) (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Nighttime

Summary of key issues and remedial actions

Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe.

Appendixes Photos. Summary of consultations conducted, if any. Copies of environmental clearances and permits. Sample of environmental site inspection report; and Other

207

APPENDIX 19: IBAT PROXIMITY REPORT: WATER SUPPLY-RANCHI

208

209

210

211

212 Appendix 20

APPENDIX 20: PUBLIC INFORMATION NOTICE TEMPLATE

Public Announcement Providing Water Supply System Ranchi

Under this project, works are being conducted by xxxx Contractor to provide Water Supply System network in Town.

As part of this, works for laying pipeline will be taken up in ------road----/ street/ lane ………. From……………to (provide dates).

We request you to kindly co-operate for smooth implementation of the works.

We also request you to drive vehicles / pedestrians to walk carefully.

Inconvenience caused is regretted.

PIU - Contact No. Contractor – Contact no.

213

APPENDIX 21: GUIDELINES FOR STORAGE, HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE AND CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE

Hazardous Waste For storing of hazardous waste (Used oil and waste oil, Empty barrels/containers of oil, lubricant and grease, Contaminated cotton rags or other cleaning materials), the Contractor shall follow the guidelines while planning and designing the hazardous waste storage areas: • The storage area should be provided with concrete floor. • The storage area floor should be provided with secondary containment. • Proper slopes as well as collection pit to be provided in the storage area to collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc. • Storage area should be provided with the flameproof electrical fittings. • Automatic smoke, heat detection system should be provided in the sheds. • Adequate firefighting systems (ABC type fire extinguisher) should be provided for the storage area; and • The Storage area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level. • Residual and hazardous wastes such as oils, fuels, and lubricants shall be disposed of two vendors approved by ASPCB. Municipal Solid Waste • The Contractor shall segregate and store bio-degradable and non-biodegradable municipal solid waste in two separate bins (primary collection point). The storage area should be provided with concrete floor. • The Storage area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level. • The storage area shall be enclosed, or the storage containers shall be covered to prevent vermis and scavengers from littering. • Create a compost pit at workers camp sites for disposal of biodegradable waste; non- biodegradable / recyclable material shall be collected separately and sold in the local recycling material market. • Ensure that wastes are not haphazardly thrown in and around the project site; provide proper collection bins and create awareness to use the dust bins. Construction and Demolition Waste • The Contractor shall keep the construction and demolition waste within the premise or at a designated place for the collection of the C&D waste. The designated place shall be

214 Appendix 20

decided in consultation with the local body. The agreement with the local body shall essentially mention the end-use of the designated location. • The designated site shall be away from:

o Located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations. o do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc.; and o Total site has adequate capacity equal to the number of debris generated. o Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before finalizing the location.

o Productive lands are avoided; and available waste lands shall be given preference. o Forest land shall be avoided. • During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the contractor will take full care to ensure that the public or private properties are not damaged/affected and that the traffic is not interrupted. • In the event of any spoil or debris from the sites being deposited on any adjacent land, the contractor will immediately remove all such spoil debris and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Authority Engineer. • The contractor will at all times ensure that the existing water bodies and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris. • In case the dumping operations are carried out in dry and windy condition Contractor will regulate the dumping operations so that the dust generation is minimized, or preferably carry out the operations in early morning when the environment is moist. The contractor may utilize effective water sprays during the delivery and handling of materials. • Materials having the potential to produce dust will not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a tarpaulin in good condition. • Any diversion required for traffic during disposal of debris shall be provided with traffic control signals and barriers after the discussion with local people and with the permission of Authority Engineer. • During the debris disposal, contractor will take care of surrounding features and avoid any damage to it. • While disposing debris / waste material, the contractor will consider the wind direction and location of settlements to ensure against any dust problems. The contractor can also consider the use of dust screens to prevent dust pollution. • The Contractor shall either reuse or dispose the waste generated during construction for roads depending upon the nature of waste, as specified in Possible waste and the scope for reuse and disposal if required.

215

Scope for Possible Activity Type of Waste Disposal of Waste Reuse Stored in disposal Tree Felling Stumps of Trees yards Dismantling of exiting Bituminous waste Road Sub-base, pavement Disposal sites Stabilization of shoulders Unsuitable excavated identified in of the village’s road and material consultation with local haul roads authorities Dismantling of existing Concrete waste used for Steel to be sold off to cross drainage Concrete Waste, Steel backfilling or the Recyclers Structures strengthening pavement Bio-degradable waste Operation of the Municipal Solid Waste composted used for Recyclables sold off Construction Camp roadside plantation Disposed of at Maintenance of vehicle Used Oil, lubricants, authorized recyclers or and equipment and grease at TSDF Used as mulch over Operation of Borrow Vegetation topsoil heaps to prevent Areas and Quarry erosion Used for reclamation of Topsoil borrow area/ stabilization of overburden in quarried Used for Subsoil backfill/stabilization of the slope in quarries Waste concrete and RCC Drain batching plant and Paving of internal roads Construction concrete transit mixer wash Used for curing and Water from excavation construction activities other than concrete mix Surfacing: Storage of Low grade Bitumen, Disposed of at Low grade bitumen mix Bitumen Spilled bitumen recyclers Paving of approach Rejected Bitumen mix roads